13579 lines
407 KiB
ObjectPascal
13579 lines
407 KiB
ObjectPascal
|
|
||
|
|
{********************************************************************}
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{ Developer Express Visual Component Library }
|
||
|
|
{ ExpressDataController }
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{ Copyright (c) 1998-2007 Developer Express Inc. }
|
||
|
|
{ ALL RIGHTS RESERVED }
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{ The entire contents of this file is protected by U.S. and }
|
||
|
|
{ International Copyright Laws. Unauthorized reproduction, }
|
||
|
|
{ reverse-engineering, and distribution of all or any portion of }
|
||
|
|
{ the code contained in this file is strictly prohibited and may }
|
||
|
|
{ result in severe civil and criminal penalties and will be }
|
||
|
|
{ prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. }
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{ RESTRICTIONS }
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{ THIS SOURCE CODE AND ALL RESULTING INTERMEDIATE FILES }
|
||
|
|
{ (DCU, OBJ, DLL, ETC.) ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TRADE }
|
||
|
|
{ SECRETS OF DEVELOPER EXPRESS INC. THE REGISTERED DEVELOPER IS }
|
||
|
|
{ LICENSED TO DISTRIBUTE THE EXPRESSDATACONTROLLER AND ALL }
|
||
|
|
{ ACCOMPANYING VCL CONTROLS AS PART OF AN EXECUTABLE PROGRAM ONLY. }
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{ THE SOURCE CODE CONTAINED WITHIN THIS FILE AND ALL RELATED }
|
||
|
|
{ FILES OR ANY PORTION OF ITS CONTENTS SHALL AT NO TIME BE }
|
||
|
|
{ COPIED, TRANSFERRED, SOLD, DISTRIBUTED, OR OTHERWISE MADE }
|
||
|
|
{ AVAILABLE TO OTHER INDIVIDUALS WITHOUT EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT }
|
||
|
|
{ AND PERMISSION FROM DEVELOPER EXPRESS INC. }
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{ CONSULT THE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR INFORMATION ON }
|
||
|
|
{ ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS. }
|
||
|
|
{ }
|
||
|
|
{********************************************************************}
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
unit cxCustomData;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{$I cxVer.inc}
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
interface
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
uses
|
||
|
|
SysUtils, Classes, {$IFDEF DELPHI6}Variants, {$ENDIF}cxVariants,
|
||
|
|
cxDataUtils, cxDataStorage, cxFilter;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
const
|
||
|
|
cxNullEditingRecordIndex = -MaxInt;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
type
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataControllerInfo = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataController = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataProvider = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataField = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataFieldList = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataRelationList = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryItem = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryItems = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroup = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroups = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks = class;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummary = class;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
EcxInvalidDataControllerOperation = class(Exception);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataSource }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataRecordHandle = Pointer;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataItemHandle = Pointer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataSource = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FCurrentProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider;
|
||
|
|
FProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider;
|
||
|
|
FProviders: TList;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider;
|
||
|
|
procedure AddProvider(AProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider);
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveProvider(AProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider);
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveFromProviders;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function AppendRecord: TcxDataRecordHandle; virtual; // *
|
||
|
|
procedure CustomSort; virtual; // when IsCustomSorting = True
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteRecord(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle); virtual; // *
|
||
|
|
function GetDefaultItemID(AItemIndex: Integer): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDisplayText(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle; AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetInfoForCompare(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle; AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle; var PValueBuffer: PChar): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemHandle(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxDataItemHandle; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordCount: Integer; virtual; // *
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordId(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): Variant; virtual; // Save Keys Required
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordHandle(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDataRecordHandle; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetValue(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle; AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle): Variant; virtual; // *
|
||
|
|
function InsertRecord(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): TcxDataRecordHandle; virtual; // *
|
||
|
|
function IsCustomSorting: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsNativeCompare: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsNativeCompareFunc: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsRecordIdSupported: Boolean; virtual; // Save Keys Required
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadRecordHandles; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function NativeCompareFunc(ARecordHandle1, ARecordHandle2: TcxDataRecordHandle; AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetRecordCount(ARecordCount: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetValue(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle; AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle; const AValue: Variant); virtual; // *
|
||
|
|
property CurrentProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider read FCurrentProvider write FCurrentProvider;
|
||
|
|
// tree
|
||
|
|
function AddRecordHandle(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): Integer;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure DataChanged; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordIndexByHandle(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): Integer;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property Provider: TcxCustomDataProvider read GetProvider;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataSourceClass = class of TcxCustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataProvider }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataChange = (dcField, dcRecord, dcNew, dcDeleted, dcTotal);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataChangeInfo = record
|
||
|
|
Kind: TcxDataChange;
|
||
|
|
ItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataLayoutChange = (lcStructure, lcData);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataLayoutChanges = set of TcxDataLayoutChange;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryCountValues = array of Integer;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryValues = array of Variant;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataProvider = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FActiveChanging: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FChanging: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FCustomDataSource: TcxCustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedLocked: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex1: Integer; // After
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex2: Integer; // Before
|
||
|
|
FInsertedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FInUpdateData: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FLocateCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FModified: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FRecreatedFieldsAfterFirst: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FSavedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetCustomDataSource(Value: TcxCustomDataSource);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
FInInserting: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInserting: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FLoadAllNeeded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
// Mode
|
||
|
|
procedure CustomSort; virtual; // when IsCustomSorting = True
|
||
|
|
function IsCustomDataSourceSupported: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsCustomSorting: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsGridMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsDataSource: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsOtherInsert: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsRecordIdSupported: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsSyncMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// State
|
||
|
|
function IsActive: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsActiveDataSet: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsBOF: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsChanging: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsEditing: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsEOF: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsGridModeUpdating: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsInserting: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsModified: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsUnboundColumnMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Navigation
|
||
|
|
procedure CorrectRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure First; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Prev; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Next; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Last; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure MoveBy(ADistance: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Scroll(ADistance: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SavePos; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure RestorePos; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Editing
|
||
|
|
function CanAppend: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanDelete: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanInitEditing(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanInsert: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanModify: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure Append; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Cancel; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoUpdateData; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Delete; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteRecords(AList: TList); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteSelection; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Edit; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetEditValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField; AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Insert; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Post; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure PostEditingData; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function SetEditValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField; const AValue: Variant; AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginDeleting; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndDeleting; virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure AssignItemValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField; const AValue: Variant); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearSavedRecord;
|
||
|
|
procedure CreateSavedRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure DoInitInsertingRecord(AInsertingRecordIndex: Integer; const AGroupValues: TcxDataSummaryValues); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EditingRecord; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure InsertingRecord(AIsAppending: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetChanging; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetEditing; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetModified; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetChanging; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetEditing; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetModified; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Lock Notify
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginLocate; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndLocate; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Freeze; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Unfreeze; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Data
|
||
|
|
function AddRecordHandle(AData: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function AppendRecord: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// function GetRecordCount: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetExternalDataDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetExternalDataValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordId(ARecordIndex: Integer): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetValueDefReaderClass: TcxValueDefReaderClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function InsertRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadDataBuffer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadRecordHandles;
|
||
|
|
function NativeCompare(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function NativeCompareFunc(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField; const Value: string); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetRecordCount(ARecordCount: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField; const Value: Variant); virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Notification
|
||
|
|
procedure ActiveChanged(AActive: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DataChanged(ADataChange: TcxDataChange; AItemIndex, ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DataScrolled(ADistance: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure LayoutChanged(ADataLayoutChanges: TcxDataLayoutChanges); virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property ActiveChanging: Boolean read FActiveChanging write FActiveChanging;
|
||
|
|
property CustomDataSource: TcxCustomDataSource read FCustomDataSource write SetCustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property EditingRecordIndex: Integer read FEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property InsertedRecordIndex: Integer read FInsertedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property LocateCount: Integer read FLocateCount;
|
||
|
|
property LockCount: Integer read FLockCount;
|
||
|
|
property RecreatedFieldsAfterFirst: Boolean read FRecreatedFieldsAfterFirst write FRecreatedFieldsAfterFirst;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataProviderClass = class of TcxCustomDataProvider;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataField }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataField = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFieldList: TcxCustomDataFieldList;
|
||
|
|
FIsInternal: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FItem: TObject;
|
||
|
|
FLockRecreateData: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FNeedConversion: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FNeedConversionFlag: Integer; // 0 - undefined; -1 - not needed; 1 - needed; 2 - SortByDisplayText
|
||
|
|
FPrepared: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FReferenceField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
FTextStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FValueDef: TcxValueDef;
|
||
|
|
FValueTypeClass: TcxValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetNotifier: TComponent;
|
||
|
|
function GetTextStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetValueDef: TcxValueDef;
|
||
|
|
function GetValueTypeClass: TcxValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetIsInternal(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetReferenceField(Value: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetTextStored(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetValueTypeClass(Value: TcxValueTypeClass);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
procedure Changed;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearData;
|
||
|
|
procedure CreateData;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
procedure Reassign(ASource: TcxCustomDataField); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveNotification(AComponent: TComponent); virtual;
|
||
|
|
property FieldList: TcxCustomDataFieldList read FFieldList;
|
||
|
|
property NeedConversion: Boolean read FNeedConversion write FNeedConversion;
|
||
|
|
property Notifier: TComponent read GetNotifier;
|
||
|
|
property TextStored: Boolean read GetTextStored write SetTextStored;
|
||
|
|
property ValueDef: TcxValueDef read GetValueDef;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(AFieldList: TcxCustomDataFieldList); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
function CanModify(AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsUnbound: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsValueDefInternal: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property Index: Integer read GetIndex write SetIndex;
|
||
|
|
property IsInternal: Boolean read FIsInternal write SetIsInternal;
|
||
|
|
property Item: TObject read FItem write FItem;
|
||
|
|
property ReferenceField: TcxCustomDataField read FReferenceField write SetReferenceField;
|
||
|
|
property ValueTypeClass: TcxValueTypeClass read GetValueTypeClass write SetValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataFieldClass = class of TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataFieldList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataFieldList = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FFieldDestroyed: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInternalCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FItems: TList;
|
||
|
|
function GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Add(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveNotification(AComponent: TComponent); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Update;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
function FieldByItem(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
procedure ReassignFields(ADestroyedField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property ItemCount: Integer read GetItemCount;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxCustomDataField read GetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ Master-Detail }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDetailInfoObject = class
|
||
|
|
LinkObject: TObject;
|
||
|
|
HasChildren: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
HasChildrenAssigned: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDetailObject = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FActiveRelationIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects: TList;
|
||
|
|
FExpanded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetInfoObject(Index: Integer): TcxDetailInfoObject;
|
||
|
|
function GetInfoObjectCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetLinkObject(Index: Integer): TObject;
|
||
|
|
function GetLinkObjectCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetInfoObject(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDetailInfoObject);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetLinkObject(Index: Integer; Value: TObject);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure CorrectCount(ARelations: TcxCustomDataRelationList);
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
function ClearHasChildrenFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearInfoObject(AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
property ActiveRelationIndex: Integer read FActiveRelationIndex write FActiveRelationIndex;
|
||
|
|
property Expanded: Boolean read FExpanded write FExpanded;
|
||
|
|
property InfoObjectCount: Integer read GetInfoObjectCount;
|
||
|
|
property InfoObjects[Index: Integer]: TcxDetailInfoObject read GetInfoObject write SetInfoObject;
|
||
|
|
property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
||
|
|
property LinkObjectCount: Integer read GetLinkObjectCount;
|
||
|
|
property LinkObjects[Index: Integer]: TObject read GetLinkObject write SetLinkObject;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataRelation }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataRelation = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDetailDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FItem: TObject;
|
||
|
|
FRelationList: TcxCustomDataRelationList;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Changed;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveDataField(ADataField: TcxCustomDataField); virtual;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ARelationList: TcxCustomDataRelationList; AItem: TObject); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(ASource: TcxCustomDataRelation); virtual;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property DetailDataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDetailDataController;
|
||
|
|
property Index: Integer read GetIndex;
|
||
|
|
property Item: TObject read FItem;
|
||
|
|
property RelationList: TcxCustomDataRelationList read FRelationList;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataRelationClass = class of TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataRelationList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataRelationList = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FDataField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
FItems: TList;
|
||
|
|
FLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure AddItem(AItem: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
function GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveItem(AItem: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Changed(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
function GetValueAsDetailObject(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveDataField(ADataField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure Update(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property LockCount: Integer read FLockCount;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
function Add(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(ASource: TcxCustomDataRelationList);
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
function ClearDetailObject(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
function FindByItem(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
function IsDetailObjectExist(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsEmpty: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure Move(ACurIndex, ANewIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveByItem(AItem: TObject);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxCustomDataRelation read GetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataController }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxSortingFieldList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSortOrder = (soNone, soAscending, soDescending);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSortInfo = record
|
||
|
|
Field: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
SortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataSortInfo = ^TcxDataSortInfo;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxNoParamsEvent = procedure of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSortingFieldList = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FItems: TList;
|
||
|
|
FOnChanged: TcxNoParamsEvent;
|
||
|
|
function GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSortInfo;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Add(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
procedure Changed;
|
||
|
|
procedure Delete(Index: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function Find(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure Insert(Index: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
procedure Move(ACurIndex, ANewIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure Remove(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSortOrder(Index: Integer; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure AppendFrom(AList: TcxSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeSorting(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
function SortIndexByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function SortOrderByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): TcxDataSortOrder;
|
||
|
|
property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxDataSortInfo read GetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
property OnChanged: TcxNoParamsEvent read FOnChanged write FOnChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxGroupingFieldList = class(TcxSortingFieldList)
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeGrouping(AField: TcxCustomDataField; AGroupIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeSorting(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder); override;
|
||
|
|
function GroupIndexByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateSorting(ASortingFieldList: TcxSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataGroups }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataGroupInfo = class
|
||
|
|
RowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
Expanded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
Level: Integer;
|
||
|
|
BeginRecordListIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
EndRecordListIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
SummaryValues: Variant;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxGroupsRowInfo = record
|
||
|
|
Expanded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
Level: Integer;
|
||
|
|
RecordListIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataGroups = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFields: TList;
|
||
|
|
FItems: TList;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function GetField(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
function GetFieldCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowInfo(ARowIndex: Integer): TcxGroupsRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
function GetTopVisibleItem(ARowIndex: Integer; var ACurIndex: Integer): TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Add(const ADataGroupInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo);
|
||
|
|
procedure AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
function AddEmpty: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
function Find(ARowIndex: Integer; var AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function FindByIndex(ARecordListIndex, ALevel: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function IsVisible(AIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function MakeVisible(AIndex: Integer; AExpand: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property FieldCount: Integer read GetFieldCount;
|
||
|
|
property Fields[Index: Integer]: TcxCustomDataField read GetField;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex: Integer; AExpanded, ARecursive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure FullExpanding(AExpanded: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
function GetChildCount(AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetChildIndex(AParentIndex, AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetChildRecordListIndex(AParentIndex, AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataRecordListIndex(AInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetFirstLevelCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetFirstLevelIndex(AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetIndexByRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetIndexByRowIndexLevel(ARowIndex, ALevel: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetLevel(AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetParentIndex(AChildIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure Rebuild;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItem(AIndex: Integer; AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property Count: Integer read GetItemCount;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxDataGroupInfo read GetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
property LevelCount: Integer read GetFieldCount;
|
||
|
|
property RowInfo[RowIndex: Integer]: TcxGroupsRowInfo read GetRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
property RowCount: Integer read GetRowCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataControllerInfo }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerInfoChange = (dcicLoad, dcicGrouping, dcicSorting,
|
||
|
|
dcicFocusedRow, dcicView, dcicExpanding, dcicResetFocusedRow, dcicSelection,
|
||
|
|
dcicSummary, dcicFocusedRecord);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerInfoChanges = set of TcxDataControllerInfoChange;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxRowInfo = record
|
||
|
|
Expanded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
Level: Integer;
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFocusingInfo = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FChangedFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FDataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
FLevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FPrevNewItemRowFocused: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FPrevRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(AFocusingInfo: TcxDataFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
function IsEqual(AFocusingInfo: TcxDataFocusingInfo): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetPos;
|
||
|
|
procedure SavePos;
|
||
|
|
property Level: Integer read FLevel write FLevel;
|
||
|
|
property RecordIndex: Integer read FRecordIndex write FRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property RowIndex: Integer read FRowIndex write FRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataExpandingInfoState = (eisExpanded, eisSelected);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet = set of TcxDataExpandingInfoState;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataExpandingInfo = record
|
||
|
|
Level: Integer;
|
||
|
|
Value: Variant;
|
||
|
|
State: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataExpandingInfo = ^TcxDataExpandingInfo;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataExpandingInfos = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFields: TList;
|
||
|
|
FItems: TList;
|
||
|
|
FSaveStates: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet;
|
||
|
|
function Find(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetEmpty: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetField(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
function GetFieldCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): PcxDataExpandingInfo;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure AddItem(ALevel: Integer; const AValue: Variant; AState: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet);
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearValues;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
||
|
|
property Empty: Boolean read GetEmpty;
|
||
|
|
property FieldCount: Integer read GetFieldCount;
|
||
|
|
property Fields[Index: Integer]: TcxCustomDataField read GetField;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: PcxDataExpandingInfo read GetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
property SaveStates: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet read FSaveStates write FSaveStates;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSelectionInfo = record
|
||
|
|
Level: Integer;
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex: Integer; // if Level = -1 then RecordIndex is GroupIndex (in DataGroups)
|
||
|
|
RowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataSelectionInfo = ^TcxDataSelectionInfo;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSelection = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FAnchorRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FItems: TList;
|
||
|
|
FFields: TList;
|
||
|
|
FOnChanged: TcxNoParamsEvent;
|
||
|
|
function GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetField(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
function GetFieldCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): PcxDataSelectionInfo;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Changed;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckAfterFiltering;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearAnchor; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure InternalAdd(AIndex, ARowIndex, ARecordIndex, ALevel: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure InternalClear; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure InternalDelete(AIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetInternalCount(ACount: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Add(AIndex, ARowIndex, ARecordIndex, ALevel: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearAll;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
procedure Delete(AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function FindByGroupIndex(AGroupIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function FindByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function FindByRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer; var AIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsRecordSelected(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsRowSelected(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure Sort;
|
||
|
|
property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property FieldCount: Integer read GetFieldCount;
|
||
|
|
property Fields[Index: Integer]: TcxCustomDataField read GetField;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: PcxDataSelectionInfo read GetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
property AnchorRowIndex: Integer read FAnchorRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
property OnChanged: TcxNoParamsEvent read FOnChanged write FOnChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSelectionClass = class of TcxDataSelection;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataControllerInfo = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FChanges: TcxDataControllerInfoChanges;
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FDataGroups: TcxDataGroups;
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo: TcxDataExpandingInfos;
|
||
|
|
FExpandingFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FFocusingFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo: TcxDataFocusingInfo;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList: TcxGroupingFieldList;
|
||
|
|
FInCanFocusedRowChanging: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInfoCalculation: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusingInfo: TcxDataFocusingInfo;
|
||
|
|
FRecordList: TList;
|
||
|
|
FSelection: TcxDataSelection;
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList: TcxSortingFieldList;
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList: TcxSortingFieldList;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckAfterCollapsing;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckExpanding;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckFocusing;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckFocusingAfterFilter;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckInfo;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearInfo;
|
||
|
|
function CompareRecords(ARecord1, ARecord2: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetNewItemRowFocusingChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetPrevFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetPrevFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure SaveInfo;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetFocusedRowIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function CanFocusedRowChanging(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure CorrectFocusedRow(ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure DoChangeFocusedRow(AValue: Integer; AIsInternal: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure DoFilter;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoGrouping;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoLoad;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSort;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoBeginSummary;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoEndSummary;
|
||
|
|
function FindDataGroup(ARecordListIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function FindFocusedRow(ANearest: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure ForwardChanges;
|
||
|
|
function GetInternalRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetInternalRecordListIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function IsAlwaysExpanded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsGrouped: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsSummaryForSelectedRecords: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function LocateGroupByLevel(AGroupIndex, ALevel: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function LocateDetail(AGroupIndex, ARecordListIndex: Integer; AMakeVisible: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure PrepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
procedure RecalcSelection;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetFocusing;
|
||
|
|
procedure SaveExpanding(ASaveStates: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet);
|
||
|
|
procedure TruncateSelection; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UnprepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
procedure Update; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Sorting By Summary
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSortBySummary;
|
||
|
|
function IsSortingBySummary: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property SortingFieldList: TcxSortingFieldList read FSortingFieldList;
|
||
|
|
property TotalSortingFieldList: TcxSortingFieldList read FTotalSortingFieldList;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function GetInternalRecordIndex(ARecordListIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure Refresh;
|
||
|
|
procedure RefreshFocused;
|
||
|
|
procedure RefreshSummary(ARedrawOnly: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
// Notify
|
||
|
|
procedure ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
procedure FocusedRecordChanged(AChangedFlag: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure GroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
procedure SelectionChanged;
|
||
|
|
procedure SortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
// Structure
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
// Sorting
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeSortIndex(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeSorting(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearSorting(AKeepGroupedItems: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
// Grouping
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex: Integer; AExpanded, ARecursive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeGrouping(AField: TcxCustomDataField; AGroupIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearGrouping;
|
||
|
|
function CompareGroupRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure FullCollapse;
|
||
|
|
procedure FullExpand;
|
||
|
|
property DataGroups: TcxDataGroups read FDataGroups;
|
||
|
|
property GroupingFieldList: TcxGroupingFieldList read FGroupingFieldList;
|
||
|
|
// View Data
|
||
|
|
function GetNearestRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer; AMakeVisible: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowInfo(ARowIndex: Integer): TcxRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
// Selection
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeRowSelection(ARowIndex: Integer; ASelection: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearSelectionAnchor;
|
||
|
|
function GetSelectedCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetSelectedRowIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function IsRowSelected(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
property Selection: TcxDataSelection read FSelection;
|
||
|
|
// Navigation
|
||
|
|
property FocusedRecordIndex: Integer read GetFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property FocusedRowIndex: Integer read GetFocusedRowIndex write SetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
property NewItemRowFocusingChanged: Boolean read GetNewItemRowFocusingChanged;
|
||
|
|
property PrevFocusedRecordIndex: Integer read GetPrevFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property PrevFocusedRowIndex: Integer read GetPrevFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property LockCount: Integer read FLockCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ Filter }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem = class(TcxFilterCriteriaItem)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function GetDataValue(AData: TObject): Variant; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetFieldCaption: string; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetFieldName: string; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemLink: TObject; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItemLink(Value: TObject); override;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property Field: TcxCustomDataField read GetField;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFilterValueList = class(TcxFilterValueList)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
procedure Load(AItemIndex: Integer; AInitSortByDisplayText: Boolean = True;
|
||
|
|
AUseFilteredValues: Boolean = False); virtual;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFilterGetValueListEvent = procedure(Sender: TcxFilterCriteria;
|
||
|
|
AItemIndex: Integer; AValueList: TcxDataFilterValueList) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFilterCriteria = class(TcxFilterCriteria)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FActive: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FDestroying: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FOnGetValueList: TcxDataFilterGetValueListEvent;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetActive(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler); override;
|
||
|
|
function DoFilterRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetIDByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): Integer; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetNameByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): string; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemClass: TcxFilterCriteriaItemClass; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemLinkByID(AID: Integer): TObject; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemLinkByName(const AName: string): TObject; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetValueListClass: TcxFilterValueListClass; override;
|
||
|
|
function IsDestroying: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsInternal: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsLoading: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure Update; override;
|
||
|
|
property Destroying: Boolean read FDestroying;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent; AIgnoreItemNames: Boolean = False); override;
|
||
|
|
procedure AssignEvents(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
function CreateValueList: TcxDataFilterValueList; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function FindItemByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxFilterCriteriaItem; override;
|
||
|
|
function IsFiltering: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveItemByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
published
|
||
|
|
property Active: Boolean read FActive write SetActive default False;
|
||
|
|
property OnGetValueList: TcxDataFilterGetValueListEvent read FOnGetValueList write FOnGetValueList;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFilterCriteriaClass = class of TcxDataFilterCriteria;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ Filters }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFilterList = class(TList)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataFilterCriteria;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveItemByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear; override;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxDataFilterCriteria read GetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ Groups }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataGroupIndex = Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerGroups = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetChildCount(DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetChildDataGroupIndex(ParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; ChildIndex: Integer): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
function GetChildRecordIndex(ParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; ChildIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataGroupIndexByRowIndex(RowIndex: Integer): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataGroups: TcxDataGroups;
|
||
|
|
function GetFieldGroupIndex(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupingItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupingItemIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupDisplayText(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): string;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupValue(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Variant;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemGroupIndex(AItemIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetLevel(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetParentDataGroupIndex(ChildDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupRecordIndex(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Integer;
|
||
|
|
property DataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo read GetDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
property DataGroups: TcxDataGroups read GetDataGroups;
|
||
|
|
property LevelCount: Integer read GetGroupingItemCount;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex: Integer; AExpanded, ARecursive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeGrouping(AItemIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearGrouping;
|
||
|
|
procedure FullCollapse;
|
||
|
|
procedure FullExpand;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataGroupIndexByGroupValue(AParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
const AGroupValue: Variant): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
function HasAsParent(ARowIndex, AParentRowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadRecordIndexes(AList: TList; ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadRecordIndexesByRowIndex(AList: TList; ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
// Grouping
|
||
|
|
property FieldGroupIndex[AField: TcxCustomDataField]: Integer read GetFieldGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
property GroupingItemCount: Integer read GetGroupingItemCount;
|
||
|
|
property GroupingItemIndex[Index: Integer]: Integer read GetGroupingItemIndex;
|
||
|
|
property ItemGroupIndex[ItemIndex: Integer]: Integer read GetItemGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
// Navigation
|
||
|
|
property DataGroupIndexByRowIndex[RowIndex: Integer]: TcxDataGroupIndex read GetDataGroupIndexByRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
property Level[ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex]: Integer read GetLevel;
|
||
|
|
property ChildCount[DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex]: Integer read GetChildCount; // for Level = 0 DataGroupIndex = -1
|
||
|
|
property ChildDataGroupIndex[ParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; ChildIndex: Integer]: TcxDataGroupIndex read GetChildDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
property ChildRecordIndex[ParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; ChildIndex: Integer]: Integer read GetChildRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property ParentDataGroupIndex[ChildDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex]: TcxDataGroupIndex read GetParentDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
// Values
|
||
|
|
property GroupDisplayTexts[ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex]: string read GetGroupDisplayText;
|
||
|
|
property GroupValues[ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex]: Variant read GetGroupValue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ Summary }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataSummaryItem = class(TCollectionItem)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemLink: TObject;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItemLink(Value: TObject);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController; virtual; abstract;
|
||
|
|
procedure ItemLinkChanging(AField: TcxCustomDataField); virtual;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property ItemLink: TObject read GetItemLink write SetItemLink;
|
||
|
|
property Field: TcxCustomDataField read FField;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryKind = (skNone, skSum, skMin, skMax, skCount, skAverage);
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryOption = (soNullIgnore, soSelectedRecords, soMultipleSelectedRecords);
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryOptions = set of TcxSummaryOption;
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryPosition = (spGroup, spFooter);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryProperty = (spFormat, spKind, spSorted);
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryProperties = set of TcxSummaryProperty;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryValueType = (svtFloat, svtCurrency, svtDate);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryItemGetTextEvent = procedure(Sender: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
const AValue: Variant; AIsFooter: Boolean; var AText: string) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryItem = class(TcxCustomDataSummaryItem)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFormat: string;
|
||
|
|
FKind: TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
FSorted: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FOnGetText: TcxDataSummaryItemGetTextEvent;
|
||
|
|
function GetPosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetFormat(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetKind(Value: TcxSummaryKind);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetPosition(Value: TcxSummaryPosition);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSorted(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
FPosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetValueType(AVarType: TVarType): TcxSummaryValueType;
|
||
|
|
function IsCurrency(AVarType: TVarType): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsDataBinded: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsPositionStored: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
function DataField: TcxCustomDataField; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function FormatValue(const AValue: Variant; AIsFooter: Boolean): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property SummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems read GetSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
property Sorted: Boolean read FSorted write SetSorted default False;
|
||
|
|
published
|
||
|
|
property Format: string read FFormat write SetFormat;
|
||
|
|
property Kind: TcxSummaryKind read FKind write SetKind default skNone;
|
||
|
|
property Position: TcxSummaryPosition read GetPosition write SetPosition stored IsPositionStored;
|
||
|
|
property OnGetText: TcxDataSummaryItemGetTextEvent read FOnGetText write FOnGetText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryItemClass = class of TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryEventArguments = record
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
SummaryItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryEventOutArguments = record
|
||
|
|
Value: Variant;
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue: Variant;
|
||
|
|
CountValue: Integer;
|
||
|
|
Done: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSummaryEvent = procedure(ASender: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
Arguments: TcxSummaryEventArguments;
|
||
|
|
var OutArguments: TcxSummaryEventOutArguments) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryItems = class(TcxCollection)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FSummary: TcxDataSummary;
|
||
|
|
FOnSummary: TcxSummaryEvent;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItem(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDataSummaryItem);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure BeforeSortingChange(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem; AValue: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangedView;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemPosition(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): TcxSummaryPosition; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetOwner: TPersistent; override;
|
||
|
|
function IndexOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function IsPositionStored(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function ItemOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
procedure Update(Item: TCollectionItem); override;
|
||
|
|
// simple summary routines
|
||
|
|
function AddDataItem(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckItemEmpty(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem);
|
||
|
|
procedure GetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties; var AFormat: string; var AKind: TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
var ASorted: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
function IsPropertiesEmpty(AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties; const AFormat: string;
|
||
|
|
AKind: TcxSummaryKind; ASorted: Boolean): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties; const AFormat: string; AKind: TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
ASorted: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItemProperties(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties; const AFormat: string; AKind: TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
ASorted: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ASummary: TcxDataSummary; AItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function Add: TcxDataSummaryItem; overload;
|
||
|
|
function Add(AItemLink: TObject; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
AKind: TcxSummaryKind; const AFormat: string = ''): TcxDataSummaryItem; overload;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
procedure AssignEvents(Source: TPersistent); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function DefaultFormat(AValueType: TcxSummaryValueType; ASummaryKind: TcxSummaryKind; AIsFooter: Boolean): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteItems(AItemLink: TObject; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition);
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupText(const ASummaryValues: Variant): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IndexOf(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function IndexOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function ItemOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
// simple summary
|
||
|
|
function GetDataItem(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
ACheckKind: Boolean = False; AKind: TcxSummaryKind = skNone): TcxDataSummaryItem; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataItemFormat(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): string;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataItemKind(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataItemSorted(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDataItemFormat(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDataItemKind(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; Value: TcxSummaryKind);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDataItemSorted(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxDataSummaryItem read GetItem write SetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
property Summary: TcxDataSummary read FSummary;
|
||
|
|
published
|
||
|
|
property OnSummary: TcxSummaryEvent read FOnSummary write FOnSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFooterSummaryItems = class(TcxDataSummaryItems)
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function GetItemPosition(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): TcxSummaryPosition; override;
|
||
|
|
function IsPositionStored(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): Boolean; override;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataGroupSummaryItems = class(TcxDataSummaryItems)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FBeginText: string;
|
||
|
|
FEndText: string;
|
||
|
|
FSeparator: string;
|
||
|
|
FOwner: TPersistent;
|
||
|
|
function IsBeginTextStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsEndTextStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsSeparatorStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetBeginText(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetEndText(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSeparator(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure BeforeSortingChange(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem; AValue: Boolean); override;
|
||
|
|
function GetOwner: TPersistent; override;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ASummary: TcxDataSummary; AItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass); override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupText(const ASummaryValues: Variant): string; override;
|
||
|
|
function SortedSummaryItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
published
|
||
|
|
property BeginText: string read FBeginText write SetBeginText stored IsBeginTextStored;
|
||
|
|
property EndText: string read FEndText write SetEndText stored IsEndTextStored;
|
||
|
|
property Separator: string read FSeparator write SetSeparator stored IsSeparatorStored;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink = class(TcxCustomDataSummaryItem)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryGroupItemLinks: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure ItemLinkChanging(AField: TcxCustomDataField); override;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
property SummaryGroupItemLinks: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks read GetSummaryGroupItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinkClass = class of TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks = class(TcxCollection)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FSummaryGroup: TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItem(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function GetOwner: TPersistent; override;
|
||
|
|
function IndexOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function ItemOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
procedure Update(Item: TCollectionItem); override;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ASummaryGroup: TcxDataSummaryGroup; AItemClass: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinkClass); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function Add: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
function IndexOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function ItemOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink read GetItem write SetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
property SummaryGroup: TcxDataSummaryGroup read FSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroup = class(TCollectionItem)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FItemLinks: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
FSummaryItems: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemLinks: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryGroups: TcxDataSummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItemLinks(Value: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSummaryItems(Value: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems);
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(Collection: TCollection); override;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
property SummaryGroups: TcxDataSummaryGroups read GetSummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
published
|
||
|
|
property Links: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks read GetItemLinks write SetItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
property SummaryItems: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems read FSummaryItems write SetSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryGroups = class(TcxCollection)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FSummary: TcxDataSummary;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItem(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDataSummaryGroup);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
function GetOwner: TPersistent; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Update(Item: TCollectionItem); override;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ASummary: TcxDataSummary);
|
||
|
|
function Add: TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
function FindByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
property Summary: TcxDataSummary read FSummary;
|
||
|
|
property Items[Index: Integer]: TcxDataSummaryGroup read GetItem write SetItem; default;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxAfterSummaryEvent = procedure(ASender: TcxDataSummary) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummary = class(TPersistent)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FDefaultGroupSummaryItems: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
FDestroying: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FFooterSummaryItems: TcxDataFooterSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
FFooterSummaryValues: Variant; // array of Variant
|
||
|
|
FInAfterSummary: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FOptions: TcxSummaryOptions;
|
||
|
|
FSetCustomSummary: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FSummaryGroups: TcxDataSummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterSummary: TcxAfterSummaryEvent;
|
||
|
|
function GetFooterSummaryValue(Index: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
function GetFooterSummaryText(Index: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupSummaryItems(Level: Integer): TcxDataGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupSummaryText(RowIndex: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupSummaryDisplayValue(RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupSummaryValue(DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; Index: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupFooterIndexOfItemLink(Level: Integer; ItemLink: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupFooterSummaryText(RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
function GetOptions: TcxSummaryOptions;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDefaultGroupSummaryItems(Value: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetFooterSummaryItems(Value: TcxDataFooterSummaryItems);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetFooterSummaryValue(Index: Integer; Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetGroupSummaryDisplayValue(RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetGroupSummaryValue(DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; Index: Integer; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetOptions(Value: TcxSummaryOptions);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSummaryGroups(Value: TcxDataSummaryGroups);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginCalculateSummary(ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
var ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues; var ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CalculateSummary(ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
ABeginIndex, AEndIndex: Integer; var ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues;
|
||
|
|
var ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues; var SummaryValues: Variant); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Changed(ARedrawOnly: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoAfterSummary; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoFinishSummaryValue(ASummaryItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
var SummaryValue: Variant; var CountValue: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSummaryValue(ASummaryItem: TcxDataSummaryItem; ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
var SummaryValue: Variant; var CountValue: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndCalculateSummary(ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
var ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues; var ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
var SummaryValues: Variant); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupSummaryValues(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): PVariant;
|
||
|
|
function GetOwner: TPersistent; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordIndex(ARecordListIndex: Integer): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryGroupItemLinkClass: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinkClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsValidSummaryValuesIndex(const ASummaryValues: Variant; AIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Update(ARedrawOnly: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
property Destroying: Boolean read FDestroying;
|
||
|
|
property LockCount: Integer read FLockCount;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
procedure AssignEvents(Source: TPersistent); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginCalculate; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndCalculate; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Calculate; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CalculateFooterSummary; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CalculateGroupSummary; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CancelUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupSummaryInfo(ARowIndex: Integer; var ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
var ASummaryValues: PVariant): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetPatternSummaryItems(APatternSummary: TcxDataSummary; ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems): TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
procedure Recalculate;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveItemByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property FooterSummaryValues[Index: Integer]: Variant read GetFooterSummaryValue write SetFooterSummaryValue;
|
||
|
|
property FooterSummaryTexts[Index: Integer]: string read GetFooterSummaryText;
|
||
|
|
property GroupFooterIndexOfItemLink[Level: Integer; ItemLink: TObject]: Integer read GetGroupFooterIndexOfItemLink;
|
||
|
|
property GroupSummaryItems[Level: Integer]: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems read GetGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
// only for View
|
||
|
|
property GroupFooterSummaryTexts[RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer]: string read GetGroupFooterSummaryText;
|
||
|
|
property GroupSummaryText[RowIndex: Integer]: string read GetGroupSummaryText;
|
||
|
|
property GroupSummaryDisplayValues[RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer]: Variant read GetGroupSummaryDisplayValue write SetGroupSummaryDisplayValue;
|
||
|
|
// summary group values
|
||
|
|
property GroupSummaryValues[DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; Index: Integer]: Variant read GetGroupSummaryValue write SetGroupSummaryValue;
|
||
|
|
published
|
||
|
|
property DefaultGroupSummaryItems: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems read FDefaultGroupSummaryItems write SetDefaultGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
property FooterSummaryItems: TcxDataFooterSummaryItems read FFooterSummaryItems write SetFooterSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
property SummaryGroups: TcxDataSummaryGroups read FSummaryGroups write SetSummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
property Options: TcxSummaryOptions read GetOptions write SetOptions default [];
|
||
|
|
property OnAfterSummary: TcxAfterSummaryEvent read FOnAfterSummary write FOnAfterSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSummaryClass = class of TcxDataSummary;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ Incremental Search }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerSearch = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FLocked: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetSearching: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetSearchText: string;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetItemIndex(const Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure DoFocusedRecord(AFilteredRecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function DoSearch(AStartFilteredRecordIndex, AEndFilteredRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
const ASubText: string; AForward: Boolean): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Cancel;
|
||
|
|
function Locate(AItemIndex: Integer; const ASubText: string): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function LocateNext(AForward: Boolean): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Lock; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Unlock; virtual;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property ItemIndex: Integer read GetItemIndex write SetItemIndex;
|
||
|
|
property Locked: Boolean read FLocked;
|
||
|
|
property Searching: Boolean read GetSearching;
|
||
|
|
property SearchText: string read GetSearchText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerSearchClass = class of TcxDataControllerSearch;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataController }
|
||
|
|
// Changing Notification
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerChange = (dccLayout, dccData, dccFocus, dccSelection,
|
||
|
|
dccDetail, dccSummary, dccSearch, dccSorting, dccGrouping, dccSyncMasterPos,
|
||
|
|
dccBookmark, dccUpdateRecord);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerChanges = set of TcxDataControllerChange;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxUpdateControlInfo = class
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxUpdateControlInfoClass = class of TcxUpdateControlInfo;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxFocusedRecordChangedInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRowFocusingChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(APrevFocusedRecordIndex, AFocusedRecordIndex, APrevFocusedRowIndex, AFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ANewItemRowFocusingChanged: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
property FocusedRecordIndex: Integer read FFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property PrevFocusedRecordIndex: Integer read FPrevFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property FocusedRowIndex: Integer read FFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
property PrevFocusedRowIndex: Integer read FPrevFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
property NewItemRowFocusingChanged: Boolean read FNewItemRowFocusingChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxFocusedRowChangedInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(APrevFocusedRowIndex, AFocusedRowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
property FocusedRowIndex: Integer read FFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
property PrevFocusedRowIndex: Integer read FPrevFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxGroupingChangingInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxLayoutChangedInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo)
|
||
|
|
{ RowCount has not been changed }
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxUpdateRecordInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo) { Record is changed }
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
property RecordIndex: Integer read FRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataChangedInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo)
|
||
|
|
{ RowCount has been changed; Grouping/Expanding changed }
|
||
|
|
Kind: TcxDataChange;
|
||
|
|
ItemIndex: Integer; // Kind = dcField
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex: Integer; // Kind = dcRecord
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxBookmarkChangedInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo)
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSelectionChangedInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FRowIndexes: TList;
|
||
|
|
function GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create;
|
||
|
|
constructor CreateEx(ARowIndex1, ARowIndex2: Integer);
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
||
|
|
property RowIndexes[Index: Integer]: Integer read GetRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSearchChangedInfo = class(TcxUpdateControlInfo)
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataSelectionChangedInfo = record
|
||
|
|
SelectedCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
RowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxUpdateControlEvent = procedure(AInfo: TcxUpdateControlInfo) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerLocateObject = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FInternalRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
property InternalRecordIndex: Integer read FInternalRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function FindRecordIndex: Integer; virtual; abstract;
|
||
|
|
procedure ReadData(AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerKeyLocateObject = class(TcxDataControllerLocateObject)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFields: TList;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); override;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
function FindRecordIndex: Integer; override;
|
||
|
|
property FieldList: TList read FFields;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject = class(TcxDataControllerLocateObject)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FFields: TList;
|
||
|
|
FFindFields: TList;
|
||
|
|
FFindGroupRecordEnabled: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FLevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure CorrectFindFields;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetLevel(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); override;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
function FindRecordIndex: Integer; override;
|
||
|
|
property Level: Integer read FLevel write SetLevel;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxValueDefUnboundReader = class(TcxValueDefReader)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FItems: TList;
|
||
|
|
FValues: TList;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create; override;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear;
|
||
|
|
function GetValue(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Variant; override;
|
||
|
|
function IsInternal(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Boolean; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetValue(AValueDef: TcxValueDef; const AValue: Variant);
|
||
|
|
procedure Truncate(AItemCount: Integer);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxValueDefRecordReader = class(TcxValueDefReader)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController; ARecordIndex: Integer); reintroduce;
|
||
|
|
function GetDisplayText(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): string; override;
|
||
|
|
function GetValue(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Variant; override;
|
||
|
|
function IsInternal(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Boolean; override;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerComparisonMode = (dccmSorting, dccmGrouping, dccmOther);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Detail Mode
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerDetailMode = (dcdmNone, dcdmPattern, dcdmClone);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerEachDetailProc = procedure(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController) of object;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerEachRowProc = procedure(ARowIndex: Integer; ARowInfo: TcxRowInfo) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerNotifier = class(TComponent) // because TcxCustomDataController is TPersistent
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure Notification(AComponent: TComponent; Operation: TOperation); override;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(AOwner: TComponent; ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); reintroduce;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSortingBySummaryEngineClass = class of TcxSortingBySummaryEngine;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSortingBySummaryEngine = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read GetDataController;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(ADataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Sort; virtual; abstract;
|
||
|
|
property DataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo read FDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerCompareEvent = procedure(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AItemIndex: Integer; const V1, V2: Variant;
|
||
|
|
var Compare: Integer) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataRecordChangedEvent = procedure(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer) of object;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent = procedure(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataDetailExpandingEvent = procedure(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer; var AAllow: Boolean) of object;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataDetailExpandedEvent = procedure(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer) of object;
|
||
|
|
TcxDataRecordNotifyEvent = TcxDataDetailExpandedEvent;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerOption = (dcoAnsiSort, dcoCaseInsensitive, dcoAssignGroupingValues,
|
||
|
|
dcoAssignMasterDetailKeys, dcoSaveExpanding, dcoSortByDisplayText,
|
||
|
|
dcoFocusTopRowAfterSorting, dcoGroupsAlwaysExpanded, dcoImmediatePost,
|
||
|
|
dcoInsertOnNewItemRowFocusing);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerOptions = set of TcxDataControllerOption;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerEditKind = (dceInsert, dceEdit, dceChanging, dceModified);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerEditState = set of TcxDataControllerEditKind;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerEditOperation = (dceoAppend, dceoDelete, dceoEdit, dceoInsert,
|
||
|
|
dceoShowEdit);
|
||
|
|
TcxDataControllerEditOperations = set of TcxDataControllerEditOperation;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataListenerLink = class
|
||
|
|
Ref: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDataFilterRecordEvent = procedure(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer; var Accept: Boolean) of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataController = class(TPersistent, IUnknown)
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FActive: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FAfterSummaryFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FBookmarkRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
// FDataChangeInfo: TcxDataChangeInfo;
|
||
|
|
FChanges: TcxDataControllerChanges;
|
||
|
|
FCheckFocusingAfterFilterNeeded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FCreatingDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FCreatingLinkObject: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedListeners: TList;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeRefCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FDataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
FDataStorage: TcxDataStorage;
|
||
|
|
FDestroying: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FLoadedStorage: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FGroups: TcxDataControllerGroups;
|
||
|
|
FFields: TcxCustomDataFieldList;
|
||
|
|
FFilter: TcxDataFilterCriteria;
|
||
|
|
FFilterChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FFilters: TcxDataFilterList;
|
||
|
|
FFocusedSelected: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalFilterField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalFilterText: string;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalSearchField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalSearching: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalSearchText: string;
|
||
|
|
FInCancel: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInLoadStorage: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInNotifyControl: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInOnSortingChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInternalFindRecord: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FIsDetailExpanding: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FIsPattern: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FIsPatternSave: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInSetCustomDataSource: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInSmartLoad: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FListenerLinks: TList;
|
||
|
|
FLockGridModeNotifyCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FLockUpdateFieldsCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FUpdateFieldsFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRowFocused: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FMasterRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
FMultiSelect: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FNotifier: TcxDataControllerNotifier;
|
||
|
|
FOptions: TcxDataControllerOptions;
|
||
|
|
FOwner: TComponent;
|
||
|
|
FPrevSelectionChangedInfo: TcxDataSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
FProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider;
|
||
|
|
FRecordHandlesField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
FRecreatingLinkObject: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FRelations: TcxCustomDataRelationList;
|
||
|
|
FSaveObject: TObject;
|
||
|
|
FSaveObjectLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
FSearch: TcxDataControllerSearch;
|
||
|
|
FSelectionChangedInfo: TcxDataSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
FSortingBySummaryChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FSortingBySummaryDataItemField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
FSortingChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FStructureChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FStructureRecreated: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FSummary: TcxDataSummary;
|
||
|
|
FUpdateItems: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FUseNewItemRowForEditing: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterCancel: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterDelete: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterInsert: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterPost: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforeCancel: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforeDelete: TcxDataRecordNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforeInsert: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforePost: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnFilterRecord: TcxDataFilterRecordEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnNewRecord: TcxDataRecordNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnCompare: TcxDataControllerCompareEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnDataChanged: TNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailCollapsing: TcxDataDetailExpandingEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailCollapsed: TcxDataDetailExpandedEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailExpanding: TcxDataDetailExpandingEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailExpanded: TcxDataDetailExpandedEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnGroupingChanged: TNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnRecordChanged: TcxDataRecordChangedEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnSortingChanged: TNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
FOnUpdateControl: TcxUpdateControlEvent;
|
||
|
|
function GetCustomDataSource: TcxCustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailMode: TcxDataControllerDetailMode;
|
||
|
|
function GetFilteredIndexByRecordIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetFilteredRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetFilteredRecordIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetIsEditing: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetIsPattern: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetIsRowInfoValid: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetNewItemRowFocused: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetOptions: TcxDataControllerOptions;
|
||
|
|
function GetRelations: TcxCustomDataRelationList;
|
||
|
|
function GetSortingBySummaryDataItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetCustomDataSource(Value: TcxCustomDataSource);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetIsPattern(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetFilter(Value: TcxDataFilterCriteria);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetFocusedRowIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetMultiSelect(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetNewItemRowFocused(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetOnFilterRecord(Value: TcxDataFilterRecordEvent);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetOptions(Value: TcxDataControllerOptions);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSummary(Value: TcxDataSummary);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetUseNewItemRowForEditing(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSortingBySummaryDataItemIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure Update;
|
||
|
|
// Notify
|
||
|
|
procedure BeforeGroupingNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure BookmarkNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure DataNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoGroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSortingBySummaryChanged;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
procedure FocusedNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure LayoutNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateRecordNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure SearchNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure SelectionNotification;
|
||
|
|
procedure NotifyControl(AUpdateControlInfo: TcxUpdateControlInfo);
|
||
|
|
procedure NotifyListenerLinks;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetDataChangeInfo;
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo: TcxDataChangeInfo;
|
||
|
|
FInDeleteSelection: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FInFocusDetails: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
FNearestRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
// IUnknown
|
||
|
|
function QueryInterface(const IID: TGUID; out Obj): HResult; stdcall;
|
||
|
|
function _AddRef: Integer; stdcall;
|
||
|
|
function _Release: Integer; stdcall;
|
||
|
|
// Based
|
||
|
|
function AddInternalField: TcxCustomDataField; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function AddField: TcxCustomDataField; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function AppendInSmartLoad: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeforeSorting;
|
||
|
|
function CalcEditingRecordIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanChangeDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer; AExpanded: Boolean): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanFocusRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanSelectRow(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
procedure Change(AChanges: TcxDataControllerChanges);
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckBookmarkValid(ADeletedRecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckDataSetCurrent; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckEditingRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckInternalRecordRange(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckItemRange(AItemIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function CheckDetailsBrowseMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CheckMasterBrowseMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckMode;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckNearestFocusRow;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckRange(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckSelectedCount(ADeletedRecordIndex: Integer); // TODO: rename CheckRecordsAfterDelete
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearDataChangedListeners;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearDetailsMasterRelation(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
procedure CopyRecord(AFromRecordIndex, AToRecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CorrectAfterInsert(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CorrectAfterDelete(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CorrectPrevSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteInSmartLoad(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Unlocked; virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure DoAfterCancel; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoAfterDelete; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoAfterInsert; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoAfterPost; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoBeforeCancel; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoBeforeDelete(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoBeforeInsert; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoBeforePost; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function DoFilterRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsFilterRecord: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoNewRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure DoDataChanged; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AAllow: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoDetailExpanded(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoDetailCollapsing(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AAllow: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoDetailCollapsed(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function DoIncrementalFilterRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoReadRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function DoSearchInGridMode(const ASubText: string; AForward, ANext: Boolean): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function FindItemByInternalID(AID: Integer): TObject; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function FindItemByName(const AName: string): TObject; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function FindProperItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TObject; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetActiveRecordIndex: Integer; virtual; // GridMode
|
||
|
|
function GetDataProviderClass: TcxCustomDataProviderClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDataSelectionClass: TcxDataSelectionClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetEditOperations: TcxDataControllerEditOperations; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetEditState: TcxDataControllerEditState; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDefaultActiveRelationIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetFieldClass: TcxCustomDataFieldClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetFilterCriteriaClass: TcxDataFilterCriteriaClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetInternalDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemID(AItem: TObject): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemName(AItem: TObject): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetInternalRecordId(ARecordIndex: Integer; AFieldList: TList): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure GetKeyFields(AList: TList); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetLastRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRelationClass: TcxCustomDataRelationClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetSearchClass: TcxDataControllerSearchClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetStoredDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): string;
|
||
|
|
function GetStoredValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryClass: TcxDataSummaryClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetSummaryGroupItemLinkClass: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinkClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function InternalCheckBookmark(ADeletedRecordIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure InternalClearBookmark; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure InternalGotoBookmark; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function InternalSaveBookmark: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsDataBound: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsDataChangedListenersExist: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsDataField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsDestroying: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsFocusedSelectedMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsImmediatePost: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsKeyNavigation: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsLoading: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsProviderDataSource: Boolean; virtual; // Data Aware / Unbound
|
||
|
|
function IsProviderMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsRecordID: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsSmartLoad: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsSmartRefresh: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsUnboundMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadStorage; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsNewItemRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function LockOnAfterSummary: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure NotifyDataChangedListeners;
|
||
|
|
procedure NotifyDataControllers; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure PrepareField(AField: TcxCustomDataField); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ProviderValueDefSetProc(AValueDef: TcxValueDef; AFromRecordIndex, AToRecordIndex: Integer; AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefReader); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveNotification(AComponent: TComponent); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetMasterHasChildrenFlag;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetNewItemRowFocused;
|
||
|
|
procedure RestructData; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetStoredValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
function SyncDetailsFocusWithMaster: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SyncMasterPos; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateFields; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateFocused; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateRelations(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateUseRecordIDState;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateStorage(AUpdateFields: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
function UseRecordID: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Notification for Self
|
||
|
|
class function AddListenerLink(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController): TcxDataListenerLink;
|
||
|
|
class procedure RemoveListenerLink(ALink: TcxDataListenerLink);
|
||
|
|
// Notification from DataStorage
|
||
|
|
procedure DataStorageClearInternalRecords(Sender: TObject); virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Notification from Fields
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveField(ADataField: TcxCustomDataField); virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Notification from Filter
|
||
|
|
procedure FilterChanged; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SummaryChanged(ARedrawOnly: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Notification from Provider
|
||
|
|
procedure ActiveChanged(AActive: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DataChanged(ADataChange: TcxDataChange; AItemIndex, ARecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DataScrolled(ADistance: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure LayoutChanged(ADataLayoutChanges: TcxDataLayoutChanges); virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Notification for Grid
|
||
|
|
procedure DoBeforeFocusedRowChange(ARowIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoValueTypeClassChanged(AItemIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateControl(AInfo: TcxUpdateControlInfo); virtual;
|
||
|
|
// methods for Grid
|
||
|
|
// function GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetIncrementalSearchText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetFilterDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Compare
|
||
|
|
function CompareByField(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField; AMode: TcxDataControllerComparisonMode): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CompareEqualRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CompareRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ASortInfo: TcxDataSortInfo; AMode: TcxDataControllerComparisonMode = dccmOther): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function FindGroupRecord(ABufferRecordIndex: Integer; AGroupItemCount: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function FindRecordByFields(ABufferRecordIndex: Integer; AFields: TList): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetComparedValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsConversionNeededForCompare(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsFilterItemSortByDisplayText(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsStringConversionNeeded(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsSortByDisplayTextNeeded(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function NativeCompare(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
// Internal Data
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteFocusedRecord;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteRecords(AList: TList);
|
||
|
|
// Smart Load
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginSmartLoad; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndSmartLoad; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function LoadRecord(AData: Pointer): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Locate
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginReadRecord; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndReadRecord; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Sorting By Summary
|
||
|
|
function GetSortingBySummaryEngineClass: TcxSortingBySummaryEngineClass; virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property DataStorage: TcxDataStorage read FDataStorage;
|
||
|
|
property Fields: TcxCustomDataFieldList read FFields;
|
||
|
|
property Notifier: TcxDataControllerNotifier read FNotifier;
|
||
|
|
property Provider: TcxCustomDataProvider read FProvider;
|
||
|
|
property LockUpdateFieldsCount: Integer read FLockUpdateFieldsCount;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create(AOwner: TComponent); virtual;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Assign(Source: TPersistent); override;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeforeDestruction; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Destroying; // for CLR
|
||
|
|
function GetOwner: TPersistent; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginFullUpdate; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndFullUpdate; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginUpdateFields;
|
||
|
|
procedure EndUpdateFields;
|
||
|
|
procedure SaveKeys;
|
||
|
|
procedure RestoreKeys;
|
||
|
|
// internal for Grid
|
||
|
|
function CreateFilter: TcxDataFilterCriteria; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Notification from Grid
|
||
|
|
function AddItem(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataField; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function ItemPropertiesChanged(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Loaded; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveItem(AItem: TObject); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateItemIndexes; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateItems(AUpdateFields: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
function ExecuteAction(Action: TBasicAction): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function UpdateAction(Action: TBasicAction): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Data Changed notify
|
||
|
|
procedure AddDataChangedListener(AInstance: TObject; ADataChangedEvent: TNotifyEvent);
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveDataChangedListener(AInstance: TObject; ADataChangedEvent: TNotifyEvent);
|
||
|
|
procedure AddDataChangeRefCount;
|
||
|
|
procedure RemoveDataChangeRefCount;
|
||
|
|
function DataChangedNotifyLocked: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsDataLoading: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure LockDataChangedNotify;
|
||
|
|
procedure UnlockDataChangedNotify;
|
||
|
|
procedure LockGridModeNotify;
|
||
|
|
procedure UnlockGridModeNotify;
|
||
|
|
// Structure
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeNeedConversion(AItemIndex: Integer; ANeedConversion: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeTextStored(AItemIndex: Integer; ATextStored: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeValueTypeClass(AItemIndex: Integer; AValueTypeClass: TcxValueTypeClass); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItem(Index: Integer): TObject; virtual; abstract;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemCount: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemNeedConversion(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemTextStored(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemValueTypeClass(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
function IsDisplayFormatDefined(AItemIndex: Integer; AIgnoreSimpleCurrency: Boolean): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Data
|
||
|
|
function AppendRecord: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function GetGroupValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure GetGroupValues(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AValues: TcxDataSummaryValues); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordCount: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRecordId(ARecordIndex: Integer): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetValue(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function InsertRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure Refresh; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer; const Value: string); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetRecordCount(Value: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetValue(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer; const Value: Variant); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SortByDisplayTextChanged;
|
||
|
|
// Data Editing
|
||
|
|
procedure Append; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Cancel; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function CanInitEditing(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckBrowseMode; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteFocused; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DeleteSelection; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Edit; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure FocusControl(AItemIndex: Integer; var Done: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetEditValue(AItemIndex: Integer; AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemValueSource(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxDataEditValueSource; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Insert; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Post; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure PostEditingData; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure RefreshExternalData; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function SetEditValue(AItemIndex: Integer; const AValue: Variant; AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure UpdateData; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Data New Item Row
|
||
|
|
function GetEditingRecordIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetNewItemRecordIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Data Save/Load
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadFromStream(AStream: TStream);
|
||
|
|
procedure SaveToStream(AStream: TStream);
|
||
|
|
// Master-Detail: Relations
|
||
|
|
function GetMasterDataController: TcxCustomDataController; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetMasterRecordIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetPatternDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetRootDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function IsDetailMode: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Master-Detail: Grid override
|
||
|
|
function CreateDetailLinkObject(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation; ARecordIndex: Integer): TObject; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure FocusDetails(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailDataControllerByLinkObject(ALinkObject: TObject): TcxCustomDataController; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Master-Detail: Grid Notifications
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetRelationByItem(AItem: TObject); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetMasterMode(AMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation; AIsPattern: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetMasterRelation(AMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation; AMasterRecordIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Master-Detail: View Data
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeDetailActiveRelationIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function ChangeDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer; AExpanded: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearDetailLinkObject(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearDetails;
|
||
|
|
procedure CollapseDetails;
|
||
|
|
procedure ForEachDetail(AMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation; AProc: TcxDataControllerEachDetailProc);
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailActiveRelationIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailDataController(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer): TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function GetDetailLinkObject(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer): TObject;
|
||
|
|
function IsDetailDataControllerExist(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetHasChildrenFlag;
|
||
|
|
// View Data
|
||
|
|
procedure ForEachRow(ASelectedRows: Boolean; AProc: TcxDataControllerEachRowProc); virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetNearestRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer; AMakeVisible: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowInfo(ARowIndex: Integer): TcxRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowDisplayText(const ARowInfo: TcxRowInfo; var AItemIndex: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowValue(const ARowInfo: TcxRowInfo; AItemIndex: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
procedure MakeRecordVisible(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
// Export in GridMode
|
||
|
|
function FocusSelectedRow(ASelectedIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure RestoreDataSetPos; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SaveDataSetPos; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Navigation
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeFocusedRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
function ChangeFocusedRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckFocusedRow;
|
||
|
|
function GetFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
procedure GotoFirst;
|
||
|
|
procedure GotoLast;
|
||
|
|
procedure GotoNext;
|
||
|
|
procedure GotoPrev;
|
||
|
|
function IsBOF: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsEOF: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsGridMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure MoveBy(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure Scroll(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetFocus; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Bookmark
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearBookmark;
|
||
|
|
procedure GotoBookmark;
|
||
|
|
function IsBookmarkAvailable: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsBookmarkRow(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SaveBookmark;
|
||
|
|
// Filtering
|
||
|
|
function GetFilterDataValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetFilterItemFieldCaption(AItem: TObject): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetFilterItemFieldName(AItem: TObject): string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Search
|
||
|
|
function ChangeIncrementalFilterText(const AText: string): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function FindRecordIndexByText(AStartRecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
const AText: string; APartialCompare, ACircular, AForward: Boolean): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetIncrementalFilterText: string; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsIncrementalFilter: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetIncrementalFilter; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function SetIncrementalFilter(AItemIndex: Integer; const AText: string): Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
// Sorting
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeItemSortingIndex(AItemIndex: Integer; ASortingIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeSorting(AItemIndex: Integer; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearSorting(AKeepGroupedItems: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
function GetItemSortByDisplayText(AItemIndex: Integer; ASortByDisplayText: Boolean): Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemSortOrder(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxDataSortOrder;
|
||
|
|
function GetItemSortingIndex(AItemIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetSortingItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetSortingItemIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
// MultiSelect
|
||
|
|
procedure ChangeRowSelection(ARowIndex: Integer; ASelection: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckFocusedSelected;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
procedure ClearSelectionAnchor; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetRowId(ARowIndex: Integer): Variant; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function GetSelectedCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
function GetSelectedRowIndex(Index: Integer): Integer; virtual; // Visible Order
|
||
|
|
function GetSelectionAnchorRowIndex: Integer; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function IsRowSelected(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
function IsSelectionAnchorExist: Boolean; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SelectAll; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SelectFromAnchor(ARowIndex: Integer; AKeepSelection: Boolean); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SelectRows(AStartRowIndex, AEndRowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure SetSelectionAnchor(ARowIndex: Integer); virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure SyncSelected(ASelected: Boolean); // not MultiSelect only
|
||
|
|
procedure SyncSelectionFocusedRecord; virtual;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property Active: Boolean read FActive;
|
||
|
|
property CustomDataSource: TcxCustomDataSource read GetCustomDataSource write SetCustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
property DataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo read FDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
property DetailMode: TcxDataControllerDetailMode read GetDetailMode;
|
||
|
|
property DisplayTexts[RecordIndex, ItemIndex: Integer]: string read GetDisplayText write SetDisplayText;
|
||
|
|
property Groups: TcxDataControllerGroups read FGroups;
|
||
|
|
property EditingRecordIndex: Integer read GetEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property EditOperations: TcxDataControllerEditOperations read GetEditOperations;
|
||
|
|
property EditState: TcxDataControllerEditState read GetEditState;
|
||
|
|
property Filter: TcxDataFilterCriteria read FFilter write SetFilter;
|
||
|
|
property FilteredIndexByRecordIndex[Index: Integer]: Integer read GetFilteredIndexByRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property FilteredRecordCount: Integer read GetFilteredRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
property FilteredRecordIndex[Index: Integer]: Integer read GetFilteredRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property FocusedRecordIndex: Integer read GetFocusedRecordIndex write ChangeFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property FocusedRowIndex: Integer read GetFocusedRowIndex write SetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
property IsCreatingLinkObject: Boolean read FCreatingLinkObject;
|
||
|
|
property IsDetailExpanding: Boolean read FIsDetailExpanding;
|
||
|
|
property IsEditing: Boolean read GetIsEditing;
|
||
|
|
property IsPattern: Boolean read GetIsPattern write SetIsPattern;
|
||
|
|
property IsRowInfoValid: Boolean read GetIsRowInfoValid;
|
||
|
|
property IsUpdatingItems: Boolean read FUpdateItems;
|
||
|
|
property ItemCount: Integer read GetItemCount;
|
||
|
|
property LockCount: Integer read GetLockCount;
|
||
|
|
property LockGridModeNotifyCount: Integer read FLockGridModeNotifyCount;
|
||
|
|
property MultiSelect: Boolean read FMultiSelect write SetMultiSelect;
|
||
|
|
property NewItemRecordIndex: Integer read GetNewItemRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
property NewItemRowFocused: Boolean read GetNewItemRowFocused write SetNewItemRowFocused;
|
||
|
|
property Options: TcxDataControllerOptions read GetOptions write SetOptions default [dcoAssignGroupingValues, dcoAssignMasterDetailKeys, dcoSaveExpanding];
|
||
|
|
property RecordCount: Integer read GetRecordCount write SetRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
property Relations: TcxCustomDataRelationList read GetRelations;
|
||
|
|
property RowCount: Integer read GetRowCount;
|
||
|
|
property Search: TcxDataControllerSearch read FSearch;
|
||
|
|
property Summary: TcxDataSummary read FSummary write SetSummary;
|
||
|
|
property UseNewItemRowForEditing: Boolean read FUseNewItemRowForEditing write SetUseNewItemRowForEditing;
|
||
|
|
property Values[RecordIndex, ItemIndex: Integer]: Variant read GetValue write SetValue;
|
||
|
|
// Sorting By Summary
|
||
|
|
property SortingBySummaryDataItemIndex: Integer read GetSortingBySummaryDataItemIndex write SetSortingBySummaryDataItemIndex;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property OnAfterCancel: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent read FOnAfterCancel write FOnAfterCancel;
|
||
|
|
property OnAfterDelete: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent read FOnAfterDelete write FOnAfterDelete;
|
||
|
|
property OnAfterInsert: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent read FOnAfterInsert write FOnAfterInsert;
|
||
|
|
property OnAfterPost: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent read FOnAfterPost write FOnAfterPost;
|
||
|
|
property OnBeforeCancel: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent read FOnBeforeCancel write FOnBeforeCancel;
|
||
|
|
property OnBeforeDelete: TcxDataRecordNotifyEvent read FOnBeforeDelete write FOnBeforeDelete;
|
||
|
|
property OnBeforeInsert: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent read FOnBeforeInsert write FOnBeforeInsert;
|
||
|
|
property OnBeforePost: TcxDataControllerNotifyEvent read FOnBeforePost write FOnBeforePost;
|
||
|
|
property OnFilterRecord: TcxDataFilterRecordEvent read FOnFilterRecord write SetOnFilterRecord;
|
||
|
|
property OnNewRecord: TcxDataRecordNotifyEvent read FOnNewRecord write FOnNewRecord;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
property OnCompare: TcxDataControllerCompareEvent read FOnCompare write FOnCompare;
|
||
|
|
property OnDataChanged: TNotifyEvent read FOnDataChanged write FOnDataChanged;
|
||
|
|
property OnDetailCollapsing: TcxDataDetailExpandingEvent read FOnDetailCollapsing write FOnDetailCollapsing;
|
||
|
|
property OnDetailCollapsed: TcxDataDetailExpandedEvent read FOnDetailCollapsed write FOnDetailCollapsed;
|
||
|
|
property OnDetailExpanding: TcxDataDetailExpandingEvent read FOnDetailExpanding write FOnDetailExpanding;
|
||
|
|
property OnDetailExpanded: TcxDataDetailExpandedEvent read FOnDetailExpanded write FOnDetailExpanded;
|
||
|
|
property OnGroupingChanged: TNotifyEvent read FOnGroupingChanged write FOnGroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
property OnRecordChanged: TcxDataRecordChangedEvent read FOnRecordChanged write FOnRecordChanged;
|
||
|
|
property OnSortingChanged: TNotifyEvent read FOnSortingChanged write FOnSortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
property OnUpdateControl: TcxUpdateControlEvent read FOnUpdateControl write FOnUpdateControl;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataControllerClass = class of TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TCompareItems = function (AItem1, AItem2: Pointer): Integer of object;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure QuickSortList(ASortList: PPointerList;
|
||
|
|
L, R: Integer; ACompareFunc: TCompareItems);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure InvalidOperation(const S: string);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
const
|
||
|
|
cxDataFilterVersion: Byte = 3;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
implementation
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
uses
|
||
|
|
{$IFDEF DELPHI9}
|
||
|
|
Windows,
|
||
|
|
{$ENDIF}
|
||
|
|
cxDataConsts, cxFilterConsts;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
const
|
||
|
|
stDataControllerSignature = 'DataController1';
|
||
|
|
stBeginText = '(';
|
||
|
|
stEndText = ')';
|
||
|
|
stSeparator = ',';
|
||
|
|
NullRecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle = TcxDataRecordHandle(-1);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{$IFNDEF DELPHI6}
|
||
|
|
// HRESULT value definitions from windows.pas
|
||
|
|
// Success codes
|
||
|
|
S_OK = $00000000;
|
||
|
|
S_FALSE = $00000001;
|
||
|
|
// No such interface supported
|
||
|
|
E_NOINTERFACE = HRESULT($80004002);
|
||
|
|
{$ENDIF}
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
type
|
||
|
|
TNotifyEventItem = class
|
||
|
|
Instance: TObject;
|
||
|
|
Event: TNotifyEvent;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ Keys Storage }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSaveObject = class;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxKeyInfo = class
|
||
|
|
Key: Variant;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSelectedKeyInfo = class(TcxKeyInfo)
|
||
|
|
SelectedIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDetailKeyInfo = class(TcxKeyInfo)
|
||
|
|
ActiveRelationIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
SubDetail: TcxSaveObject;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxKeys = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
FKeyFields: TList;
|
||
|
|
FKeys: TList;
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDataController(Value: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure DoRestore; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSave; virtual;
|
||
|
|
function Find(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
procedure FreeKeyInfo(AKeyInfo: TObject); virtual;
|
||
|
|
property DataController: TcxCustomDataController read FDataController write SetDataController;
|
||
|
|
property Keys: TList read FKeys;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Clear; virtual;
|
||
|
|
procedure Delete(AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
procedure Restore(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
procedure Save(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxDetailKeys = class(TcxKeys)
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure DoRestore; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSave; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure FreeKeyInfo(AKeyInfo: TObject); override;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSelectedKeys = class(TcxKeys)
|
||
|
|
protected
|
||
|
|
procedure DoRestore; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure DoSave; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure FreeKeyInfo(AKeyInfo: TObject); override;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
TcxSaveObject = class
|
||
|
|
private
|
||
|
|
FDetailKeys: TcxDetailKeys;
|
||
|
|
FSelectedKeys: TcxSelectedKeys;
|
||
|
|
public
|
||
|
|
constructor Create;
|
||
|
|
destructor Destroy; override;
|
||
|
|
procedure Restore(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
procedure Save(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function CompareByLinkObject(AItem1, AItem2: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataField(TcxValueDef(AItem1).LinkObject).Index -
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataField(TcxValueDef(AItem2).LinkObject).Index;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure InvalidOperation(const S: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
raise EcxInvalidDataControllerOperation.Create(S);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function CompareSelectionList(AItem1, AItem2: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := PcxDataSelectionInfo(AItem1).RowIndex - PcxDataSelectionInfo(AItem2).RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function CompareIntegers(AItem1, AItem2: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Integer(AItem1) - Integer(AItem2);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function CompareByKey(AItem1, AItem2: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := VarCompare(TcxKeyInfo(AItem1).Key, TcxKeyInfo(AItem2).Key);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure QuickSortList(ASortList: PPointerList;
|
||
|
|
L, R: Integer; ACompareFunc: TCompareItems);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
P, T: Pointer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
I := L;
|
||
|
|
J := R;
|
||
|
|
P := ASortList[(L + R) shr 1];
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
while ACompareFunc(ASortList[I], P) < 0 do
|
||
|
|
Inc(I);
|
||
|
|
while ACompareFunc(ASortList[J], P) > 0 do
|
||
|
|
Dec(J);
|
||
|
|
if I <= J then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
T := ASortList[I];
|
||
|
|
ASortList[I] := ASortList[J];
|
||
|
|
ASortList[J] := T;
|
||
|
|
Inc(I);
|
||
|
|
Dec(J);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
until I > J;
|
||
|
|
if L < J then
|
||
|
|
QuickSortList(ASortList, L, J, ACompareFunc);
|
||
|
|
L := I;
|
||
|
|
until I >= R;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function IsValueDefInternal(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (AValueDef.LinkObject is TcxCustomDataField) and
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataField(AValueDef.LinkObject).IsValueDefInternal;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure ListSetCount(AList: TList; ANewCount: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AList.Count := ANewCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxKeys }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxKeys.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FKeyFields := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FKeys := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxKeys.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FKeyFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
FKeys.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.Clear;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Keys.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
FreeKeyInfo(Keys[I]);
|
||
|
|
Keys.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.Delete(AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FreeKeyInfo(Keys[AIndex]);
|
||
|
|
Keys.Delete(AIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.Restore(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
if Keys.Count > 0 then // !!! TODO
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DoRestore;
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.Save(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
DataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
DoSave;
|
||
|
|
Keys.Sort(CompareByKey);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.DoRestore;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.DoSave;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxKeys.Find(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AKeyInfo: TcxKeyInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Keys.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AKeyInfo := TcxKeyInfo(Keys[I]);
|
||
|
|
if VarEquals(DataController.GetInternalRecordId(ARecordIndex, FKeyFields), AKeyInfo.Key) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.FreeKeyInfo(AKeyInfo: TObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AKeyInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxKeys.SetDataController(Value: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataController := Value;
|
||
|
|
FKeyFields.Clear;
|
||
|
|
DataController.GetKeyFields(FKeyFields);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDetailKeys }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailKeys.DoRestore;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo: TcxDetailKeyInfo;
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject: TObject;
|
||
|
|
ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Find(I, J) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo := TcxDetailKeyInfo(Keys[J]);
|
||
|
|
DataController.ChangeDetailExpanding(I, True);
|
||
|
|
DataController.ChangeDetailActiveRelationIndex(I, ADetailKeyInfo.ActiveRelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
if ADetailKeyInfo.SubDetail <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.GetDetailExpanding(I) and
|
||
|
|
(DataController.GetDetailActiveRelationIndex(I) = ADetailKeyInfo.ActiveRelationIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// WARNING: GetDetailDataController->nil !
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject := DataController.GetDetailLinkObject(I, ADetailKeyInfo.ActiveRelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
if ADetailLinkObject <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataController := DataController.GetDetailDataControllerByLinkObject(ADetailLinkObject);
|
||
|
|
if ADataController.InheritsFrom(DataController.ClassType) then //if ADataController is TcxDBDataController then
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo.SubDetail.Restore(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailKeys.DoSave;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo: TcxDetailKeyInfo;
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject: TObject;
|
||
|
|
ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.GetDetailExpanding(I) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo := TcxDetailKeyInfo.Create;
|
||
|
|
Keys.Add(ADetailKeyInfo);
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo.Key := DataController.GetInternalRecordId(I, FKeyFields);
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo.ActiveRelationIndex := DataController.GetDetailActiveRelationIndex(I);
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo.SubDetail := TcxSaveObject.Create;
|
||
|
|
// WARNING: GetDetailDataController->nil !
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject := DataController.GetDetailLinkObject(I, ADetailKeyInfo.ActiveRelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
if ADetailLinkObject <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataController := DataController.GetDetailDataControllerByLinkObject(ADetailLinkObject);
|
||
|
|
if ADataController.InheritsFrom(DataController.ClassType) then //if ADataController is TcxDBDataController then
|
||
|
|
ADetailKeyInfo.SubDetail.Save(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailKeys.FreeKeyInfo(AKeyInfo: TObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if TcxDetailKeyInfo(AKeyInfo).SubDetail <> nil then
|
||
|
|
TcxDetailKeyInfo(AKeyInfo).SubDetail.Free;
|
||
|
|
AKeyInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxSelectedKeys }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSelectedKeys.DoRestore;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ASelection: TcxDataSelection;
|
||
|
|
ASelectedKeyInfo: TcxSelectedKeyInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASelection := DataController.DataControllerInfo.Selection;
|
||
|
|
if ASelection.Count = 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
// TODO: Level check <> -1
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Find(I, J) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASelectedKeyInfo := TcxSelectedKeyInfo(Keys[J]);
|
||
|
|
if ASelectedKeyInfo.SelectedIndex < ASelection.Count then
|
||
|
|
ASelection[ASelectedKeyInfo.SelectedIndex].RecordIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
Delete(J);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Keys.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASelectedKeyInfo := TcxSelectedKeyInfo(Keys[I]);
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= ASelectedKeyInfo.SelectedIndex) and (ASelectedKeyInfo.SelectedIndex < ASelection.Count) then
|
||
|
|
ASelection[ASelectedKeyInfo.SelectedIndex].RecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
for I := ASelection.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if ASelection[I].RecordIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
ASelection.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
DataController.DataControllerInfo.ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSelectedKeys.DoSave;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASelection: TcxDataSelection;
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
PSelectionInfo: PcxDataSelectionInfo;
|
||
|
|
ASelectedKeyInfo: TcxSelectedKeyInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASelection := DataController.DataControllerInfo.Selection;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ASelection.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PSelectionInfo := ASelection[I];
|
||
|
|
if (PSelectionInfo.Level <> -1) and
|
||
|
|
(PSelectionInfo.RecordIndex < DataController.RecordCount) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASelectedKeyInfo := TcxSelectedKeyInfo.Create;
|
||
|
|
Keys.Add(ASelectedKeyInfo);
|
||
|
|
ASelectedKeyInfo.SelectedIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
ASelectedKeyInfo.Key := DataController.GetInternalRecordId(PSelectionInfo.RecordIndex, FKeyFields);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DataControllerInfo.SaveExpanding([eisExpanded, eisSelected]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSelectedKeys.FreeKeyInfo(AKeyInfo: TObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AKeyInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxSaveObject }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxSaveObject.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDetailKeys := TcxDetailKeys.Create;
|
||
|
|
FSelectedKeys := TcxSelectedKeys.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxSaveObject.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSelectedKeys.Free;
|
||
|
|
FDetailKeys.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSaveObject.Restore(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADataController.IsCreatingLinkObject then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if ADataController.IsKeyNavigation then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDetailKeys.Restore(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
FSelectedKeys.Restore(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ADataController.CheckSelectedCount(-1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSaveObject.Save(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADataController.IsCreatingLinkObject or
|
||
|
|
ADataController.IsDestroying then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if ADataController.IsKeyNavigation then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDetailKeys.Save(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
FSelectedKeys.Save(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataSource }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataSource.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
RemoveFromProviders;
|
||
|
|
FProviders.Free;
|
||
|
|
FProviders := nil;
|
||
|
|
// if Assigned(FProvider) then
|
||
|
|
// FProvider.CustomDataSource := nil;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.DataChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider = nil then Exit;
|
||
|
|
Provider.DataController.BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Provider.DataChanged(dcTotal, -1, -1);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
Provider.DataController.EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataRecordHandle(Integer(DataController.GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, DataController.FRecordHandlesField)));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetRecordIndexByHandle(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if GetRecordHandleByIndex(I) = ARecordHandle then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.CustomSort;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.AppendRecord: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := NullRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
// IMPL: Add + Data Notify
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.DeleteRecord(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// IMPL: Delete + Data Notify
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetDefaultItemID(AItemIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetItemID(DataController.GetItem(AItemIndex));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetDisplayText(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle; AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Result := VarToStr(GetValue(ARecordHandle, AItemHandle));
|
||
|
|
except
|
||
|
|
on EVariantError do
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetInfoForCompare(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle; var PValueBuffer: PChar): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataCustomDataSourceInvalidCompare);
|
||
|
|
Result := False; // i.e. IS NULL
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetItemHandle(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxDataItemHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataItemHandle(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetRecordId(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetRecordHandle(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataRecordHandle(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetValue(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle; AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.InsertRecord(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// IMPL: Insert + Data Notify
|
||
|
|
Result := AppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.IsCustomSorting: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.IsNativeCompare: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.IsNativeCompareFunc: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.IsRecordIdSupported: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.LoadRecordHandles;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.DataStorage.Clear(Provider.FDataChangedLocked);
|
||
|
|
DataController.DataStorage.RecordCount := GetRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.{DataStorage.}RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
DataController.SetStoredValue(I, DataController.FRecordHandlesField, Integer(GetRecordHandle(I)));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.NativeCompareFunc(ARecordHandle1, ARecordHandle2: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.SetRecordCount(ARecordCount: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// IMPL: change record count + Data Notify
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.SetValue(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle; const AValue: Variant);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// IMPL: change Value + Data Notify
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.AddRecordHandle(ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.DataStorage.AppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
DataController.SetStoredValue(Result, DataController.FRecordHandlesField, Integer(ARecordHandle));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSource.GetProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FCurrentProvider <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := FCurrentProvider
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := FProvider;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.AddProvider(AProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FProviders = nil then
|
||
|
|
FProviders := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FProviders.Add(AProvider);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.RemoveProvider(AProvider: TcxCustomDataProvider);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FProviders = nil then Exit;
|
||
|
|
FProviders.Remove(AProvider);
|
||
|
|
if CurrentProvider = AProvider then
|
||
|
|
CurrentProvider := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSource.RemoveFromProviders;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FProviders = nil then Exit;
|
||
|
|
for I := FProviders.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if TcxCustomDataProvider(FProviders[I]).CustomDataSource = Self then
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataProvider(FProviders[I]).CustomDataSource := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataProvider }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxCustomDataProvider.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex1 := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex2 := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FInsertedRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataProvider.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ClearSavedRecord;
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource := nil;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Mode
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.CustomSort;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CustomSort;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsCustomDataSourceSupported: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsCustomSorting: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.IsCustomSorting;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsGridMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsDataSource: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsOtherInsert: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsRecordIdSupported: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.IsRecordIdSupported;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsSyncMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// State
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsActive: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource <> nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsActiveDataSet: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsBOF: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsChanging: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FChanging;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsEditing: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FEditingRecordIndex <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsEOF: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsGridModeUpdating: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsInserting: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsEditing and FInserting;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsModified: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FModified;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.IsUnboundColumnMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := not CanModify; // !!!
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Navigation
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.CorrectRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.First;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRecreatedFieldsAfterFirst := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Prev;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Next;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Last;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.MoveBy(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Scroll(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SavePos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.RestorePos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Editing
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.CanAppend: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := CanModify;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.CanInsert: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := CanModify;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.CanDelete: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.RecordCount > 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.CanInitEditing(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if not IsEditing then
|
||
|
|
SetEditing;
|
||
|
|
if IsEditing then
|
||
|
|
SetChanging;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.CanModify: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Append;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
InsertingRecord(True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Cancel;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoBeforeCancel;
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if (FEditingRecordIndex <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex) and
|
||
|
|
((FEditingRecordIndex < DataController.RecordCount) or
|
||
|
|
(FEditingRecordIndex = DataController.FNewItemRecordIndex)) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsInserting then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FInSmartLoad := DataController.IsSmartLoad;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.GetFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DeleteRecord(FEditingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.FInCancel and
|
||
|
|
(ARecordIndex >= DataController.RecordCount) then
|
||
|
|
DataController.ChangeFocusedRecordIndex(ARecordIndex - 1);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.FInSmartLoad := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if FSavedRecordIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CopyRecord(FSavedRecordIndex, FEditingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
ResetEditing;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoAfterCancel;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.DoUpdateData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FInUpdateData then Exit;
|
||
|
|
FInUpdateData := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if IsChanging then
|
||
|
|
DataController.UpdateData;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInUpdateData := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Delete;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoBeforeDelete(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
DataController.SaveKeys;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DataController.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckNearestFocusRow;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
DataController.RestoreKeys;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoAfterDelete;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.DeleteRecords(AList: TList);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
DataController.SaveKeys;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := AList.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := Integer(AList[I]);
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoBeforeDelete(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataController.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoAfterDelete;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FInDeleteSelection then
|
||
|
|
DataController.ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// if DataController.LockCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckNearestFocusRow;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
DataController.RestoreKeys;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.DeleteSelection;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AList: TList;
|
||
|
|
I, ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ARowInfo: TcxRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AList := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.GetSelectedCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := DataController.GetSelectedRowIndex(I);
|
||
|
|
ARowInfo := DataController.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
if ARowInfo.Level < DataController.Groups.LevelCount then // It's Group Row
|
||
|
|
DataController.Groups.LoadRecordIndexesByRowIndex(AList, ARowIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
AList.Add(Pointer(ARowInfo.RecordIndex));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// Delete Records
|
||
|
|
DataController.FInDeleteSelection := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DataController.DeleteRecords(AList);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.FInDeleteSelection := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// DataController.ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AList.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Edit;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetEditing;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetEditValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, AField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataRecordIndexError);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Insert;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
InsertingRecord(False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Post;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APostFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
APostFlag := False;
|
||
|
|
DoUpdateData;
|
||
|
|
if IsInserting and not IsModified then
|
||
|
|
Cancel
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
APostFlag := True;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoBeforePost;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := FEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if IsInserting and DataController.UseNewItemRowForEditing and
|
||
|
|
(FEditingRecordIndex <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedLocked := CustomDataSource <> nil;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
FInsertedRecordIndex := DataController.AppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := FInsertedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedLocked := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.CopyRecord(FEditingRecordIndex, FInsertedRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
ResetEditing;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DataChanged(dcRecord, -1, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if APostFlag then
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoAfterPost;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.PostEditingData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DoUpdateData;
|
||
|
|
ResetChanging;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.SetEditValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
const AValue: Variant; AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (AEditValueSource = evsText) and (VarToStr(AValue) = '') then
|
||
|
|
DataController.SetValue(ARecordIndex, AField.Index, Null)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DataController.SetValue(ARecordIndex, AField.Index, AValue);
|
||
|
|
SetModified;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.BeginDeleting;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not IsGridMode and (DataController.FocusedRowIndex <> -1) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := DataController.FocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.MultiSelect or
|
||
|
|
(DataController.IsRowSelected(ARowIndex) or (DataController.GetSelectedCount = 0)) then
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := DataController.GetNearestRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
DataController.FNearestRecordIndex := DataController.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).RecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.EndDeleting;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FNearestRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.AssignItemValue(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField; const AValue: Variant);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.Values[ARecordIndex, AField.Index] := AValue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.ClearSavedRecord;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSavedRecordIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataController.DataStorage.DeleteRecord(FSavedRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
FSavedRecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.CreateSavedRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSavedRecordIndex = 0 then
|
||
|
|
FSavedRecordIndex := FDataController.DataStorage.AddInternalRecord;
|
||
|
|
FDataController.CopyRecord(ARecordIndex, FSavedRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.DoInitInsertingRecord(AInsertingRecordIndex: Integer; const AGroupValues: TcxDataSummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (DataController.Groups.GroupingItemCount > 0) and
|
||
|
|
(dcoAssignGroupingValues in DataController.Options) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.Groups.GroupingItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
AssignItemValue(AInsertingRecordIndex,
|
||
|
|
DataController.Fields[DataController.Groups.GroupingItemIndex[I]],
|
||
|
|
AGroupValues[I]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoNewRecord(AInsertingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.EditingRecord;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.UseNewItemRowForEditing and DataController.NewItemRowFocused and
|
||
|
|
not IsInserting then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Insert;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex := DataController.CalcEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
if FEditingRecordIndex >= 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex1 := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex2 := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := DataController.GetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex < (DataController.GetRowCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := ARowIndex + 1;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex2 := DataController.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).RecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := ARowIndex - 1;
|
||
|
|
if 0 <= ARowIndex then
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex1 := DataController.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).RecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex1 := DataController.GetRowInfo(DataController.GetFocusedRowIndex).RecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
if FEditingRecordIndex = cxNullEditingRecordIndex then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if (not IsDataSource or DataController.IsSmartRefresh) and not IsInserting then // !!!
|
||
|
|
CreateSavedRecord(FEditingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataController.Change([dccUpdateRecord]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.InsertingRecord(AIsAppending: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex, ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AGroupValues: TcxDataSummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: proc
|
||
|
|
if not IsDataSource and IsInserting and not IsChanging and not IsModified then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if IsEditing and (IsChanging or IsModified) and not IsDataSource then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsChanging then
|
||
|
|
PostEditingData;
|
||
|
|
Post;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
//
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoBeforeInsert;
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if DataController.UseNewItemRowForEditing then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.GetFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if (ARecordIndex < 0) and (DataController.GetRowCount > 0) then
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.GetRowInfo(0).RecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex := DataController.NewItemRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
DataController.NewItemRowFocused := True;
|
||
|
|
DataController.GetGroupValues(ARecordIndex, AGroupValues);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not AIsAppending then
|
||
|
|
DataController.ClearSelection; // TODO: ?
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.GetActiveRecordIndex; //DataController.GetFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
DataController.GetGroupValues(ARecordIndex, AGroupValues);
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AIsAppending then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.GetLastRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
DataController.GetGroupValues(ARecordIndex, AGroupValues);
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex := DataController.AppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex1 := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := DataController.GetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).RecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
DataController.GetGroupValues(ARecordIndex, AGroupValues);
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex := DataController.InsertRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex2 := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if FEditingRecordIndex <= ARecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
Inc(FEditingRecordIndex2);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DoInitInsertingRecord(FEditingRecordIndex, AGroupValues);
|
||
|
|
ResetChanging;
|
||
|
|
FInserting := True;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.ChangeFocusedRecordIndex(FEditingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoAfterInsert;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.ResetChanging;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanging := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.ResetEditing;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (FEditingRecordIndex <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(FEditingRecordIndex = DataController.FNewItemRecordIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(DataController.FNewItemRecordIndex < 0{is real new item row}) then
|
||
|
|
FDataController.DataStorage.DeleteRecord(FEditingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex1 := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FEditingRecordIndex2 := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FInserting := False;
|
||
|
|
ResetChanging;
|
||
|
|
ResetModified;
|
||
|
|
ClearSavedRecord;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.ResetModified;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FModified := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SetChanging;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanging := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SetEditing;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
EditingRecord;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SetModified;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FModified := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Lock Notify
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.BeginLocate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLocateCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.EndLocate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLocateCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Freeze;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.Unfreeze;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Data
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.AddRecordHandle(AData: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.AddRecordHandle(AData);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.AppendRecord: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.GetRecordIndexByHandle(CustomDataSource.AppendRecord);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.DeleteRecord(CustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle := CustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle := CustomDataSource.GetItemHandle(AField.Index);
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.GetDisplayText(ARecordHandle, AItemHandle);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.GetRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;}
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetExternalDataDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetExternalDataValue(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetRecordId(ARecordIndex: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle := CustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.GetRecordId(ARecordHandle);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle := CustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle := CustomDataSource.GetItemHandle(AField.Index);
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.GetValue(ARecordHandle, AItemHandle);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.GetValueDefReaderClass: TcxValueDefReaderClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxValueDefReader;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.InsertRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource.GetRecordCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle := CustomDataSource.AppendRecord
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle := CustomDataSource.InsertRecord(CustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex));
|
||
|
|
Result := CustomDataSource.GetRecordIndexByHandle(ARecordHandle);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.LoadDataBuffer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.LoadRecordHandles;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.LoadRecordHandles;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.NativeCompare(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure GetCompareInfo(ARecordIndex: Integer; var IsNull: Boolean; var P: PChar);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex <= -1 then // internal record
|
||
|
|
IsNull := DataController.DataStorage.GetCompareInfo(ARecordIndex, AField.ValueDef, P)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle := CustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle := CustomDataSource.GetItemHandle(AField.Index);
|
||
|
|
IsNull := not CustomDataSource.GetInfoForCompare(ARecordHandle, AItemHandle, P);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIsNull1, AIsNull2: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
P1, P2: PChar;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ARecordIndex1 <= -1) and (ARecordIndex2 <= -1) then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.DataStorage.CompareRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AField.ValueDef)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
GetCompareInfo(ARecordIndex1, AIsNull1, P1);
|
||
|
|
GetCompareInfo(ARecordIndex2, AIsNull2, P2);
|
||
|
|
Result := AField.ValueDef.CompareValues(AIsNull1, AIsNull2, P1, P2);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataProvider.NativeCompareFunc(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
with CustomDataSource do
|
||
|
|
Result := NativeCompareFunc(GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex1),
|
||
|
|
GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex2), GetItemHandle(AField.Index));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SetDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField; const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SetRecordCount(ARecordCount: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.SetRecordCount(ARecordCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SetValue(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle: TcxDataRecordHandle;
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle: TcxDataItemHandle;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.CurrentProvider := Self;
|
||
|
|
ARecordHandle := CustomDataSource.GetRecordHandleByIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
AItemHandle := CustomDataSource.GetItemHandle(AField.Index);
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource.SetValue(ARecordHandle, AItemHandle, Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Notification
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.ActiveChanged(AActive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.ActiveChanged(AActive);
|
||
|
|
ResetEditing;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.DataChanged(ADataChange: TcxDataChange;
|
||
|
|
AItemIndex, ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (LockCount = 0) {and (LocateCount = 0) }then
|
||
|
|
DataController.DataChanged(ADataChange, AItemIndex, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if FDataChangedLocked then
|
||
|
|
ResetChanging
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ResetEditing;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.DataScrolled(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.DataScrolled(ADistance);
|
||
|
|
ResetChanging;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.LayoutChanged(ADataLayoutChanges: TcxDataLayoutChanges);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.LayoutChanged(ADataLayoutChanges);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataProvider.SetCustomDataSource(Value: TcxCustomDataSource);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not IsCustomDataSourceSupported then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if FCustomDataSource <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FCustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
FCustomDataSource.RemoveProvider(Self);
|
||
|
|
FCustomDataSource := Value;
|
||
|
|
if FCustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
FCustomDataSource.AddProvider(Self);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
DataController.FInSetCustomDataSource := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.FDestroying then
|
||
|
|
DataController.RestructData;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.FInSetCustomDataSource := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataField }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxCustomDataField.Create(AFieldList: TcxCustomDataFieldList);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FFieldList := AFieldList;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataField.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FieldList.RemoveField(Self);
|
||
|
|
ClearData;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.CanModify(AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Assigned(ValueDef)
|
||
|
|
or DataController.IsProviderMode {don't support cancel for ValueDef = nil};
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.IsUnbound: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.IsValueDefInternal: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsInternal;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.BeginRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FLockRecreateData = 0 then
|
||
|
|
ClearData;
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLockRecreateData);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.Changed;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (FieldList.DataController.Provider.LockCount = 0) then
|
||
|
|
FieldList.DataController.Provider.LayoutChanged([lcStructure]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.ClearData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FReferenceField) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FValueDef) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FValueDef.Free;
|
||
|
|
FValueDef := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.CreateData;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADataStorage: TcxDataStorage;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FReferenceField) or (FValueTypeClass = nil) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
ClearData;
|
||
|
|
ADataStorage := FieldList.DataController.DataStorage;
|
||
|
|
FValueDef := ADataStorage.ValueDefs.Add(FValueTypeClass, IsInternal, TextStored, Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.EndRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockRecreateData);
|
||
|
|
if FLockRecreateData = 0 then
|
||
|
|
CreateData;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.Reassign(ASource: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FReferenceField := nil;
|
||
|
|
FValueDef := ASource.FValueDef;
|
||
|
|
if FValueDef <> nil then
|
||
|
|
FValueDef.LinkObject := Self;
|
||
|
|
FValueTypeClass := ASource.FValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
ASource.FValueDef := nil;
|
||
|
|
ASource.FValueTypeClass := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.RemoveNotification(AComponent: TComponent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FieldList.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.GetIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FieldList.FItems.IndexOf(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.GetNotifier: TComponent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FieldList.DataController.Notifier;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.GetTextStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FReferenceField) then
|
||
|
|
Result := FReferenceField.TextStored
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := FTextStored;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.GetValueDef: TcxValueDef;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FReferenceField) then
|
||
|
|
Result := FReferenceField.ValueDef
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := FValueDef;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataField.GetValueTypeClass: TcxValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FReferenceField) then
|
||
|
|
Result := FReferenceField.ValueTypeClass
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := FValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.SetIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex := Index;
|
||
|
|
if ACurIndex <> Value then
|
||
|
|
FieldList.FItems.Move(ACurIndex, Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.SetIsInternal(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FIsInternal <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FIsInternal := Value;
|
||
|
|
FieldList.Update;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.SetReferenceField(Value: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FReferenceField <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Value <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
while Value.FReferenceField <> nil do
|
||
|
|
Value := Value.FReferenceField;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if Value <> Self then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FReferenceField = nil then
|
||
|
|
ValueTypeClass := nil;
|
||
|
|
FReferenceField := Value;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.SetTextStored(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FReferenceField) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if FTextStored <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
FTextStored := Value;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataField.SetValueTypeClass(Value: TcxValueTypeClass);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FReferenceField) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if FValueTypeClass <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
FValueTypeClass := Value;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndRecreateData;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataFieldList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxCustomDataFieldList.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataFieldList.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataFieldList.FieldByItem(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Item = AItem then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataFieldList.ReassignFields(ADestroyedField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ACurrentField, ANewReferenceField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ANewReferenceField := nil;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ACurrentField := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
if ACurrentField.ReferenceField = ADestroyedField then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ANewReferenceField = nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ANewReferenceField := ACurrentField;
|
||
|
|
ACurrentField.Reassign(ADestroyedField);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ACurrentField.ReferenceField := ANewReferenceField;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataFieldList.Add(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not AField.IsInternal then
|
||
|
|
FItems.Insert(ItemCount, AField) // Before Internal Fields
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FItems.Add(AField);
|
||
|
|
Update;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataFieldList.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
while FItems.Count > 0 do
|
||
|
|
TcxCustomDataField(FItems.Last).Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataFieldList.RemoveField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASavedField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFieldDestroyed := True;
|
||
|
|
ASavedField := AField;
|
||
|
|
// DataController.RemoveField(AField);
|
||
|
|
ReassignFields(AField);
|
||
|
|
FItems.Remove(AField);
|
||
|
|
DataController.RemoveField(ASavedField);
|
||
|
|
Update;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataFieldList.RemoveNotification(AComponent: TComponent);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := 0;
|
||
|
|
while I < Count do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Items[I].RemoveNotification(AComponent);
|
||
|
|
Inc(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataFieldList.Update;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FInternalCount := 0;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].IsInternal then
|
||
|
|
Inc(FInternalCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataFieldList.GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FItems.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataFieldList.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataField(FItems[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataFieldList.GetItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FItems.Count - FInternalCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDetailInfoObject }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDetailInfoObject.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
LinkObject.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDetailObject }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDetailObject.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FActiveRelationIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDetailObject.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailObject.Clear;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AObject: TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FInfoObjects.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AObject := TObject(FInfoObjects[I]);
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects[I] := nil;
|
||
|
|
AObject.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDetailObject.ClearHasChildrenFlag: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject: TcxDetailInfoObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FInfoObjects.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject := TcxDetailInfoObject(FInfoObjects[I]);
|
||
|
|
if AInfoObject <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not Result and AInfoObject.HasChildrenAssigned then
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject.HasChildrenAssigned := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailObject.ClearInfoObject(AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
TObject(FInfoObjects[AIndex]).Free;
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects[AIndex] := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailObject.CorrectCount(ARelations: TcxCustomDataRelationList);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FInfoObjects.Count < ARelations.Count then
|
||
|
|
ListSetCount(FInfoObjects, ARelations.Count);
|
||
|
|
if FInfoObjects.Count > 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FActiveRelationIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
FActiveRelationIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
if FActiveRelationIndex >= ARelations.Count then // !!!
|
||
|
|
FActiveRelationIndex := ARelations.Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
// Check Hidden Levels
|
||
|
|
if ARelations[FActiveRelationIndex].DetailDataController = nil then
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ARelations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if ARelations[I].DetailDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FActiveRelationIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FActiveRelationIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDetailObject.GetInfoObject(Index: Integer): TcxDetailInfoObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= Index) and (Index < FInfoObjects.Count) then
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDetailInfoObject(FInfoObjects[Index])
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDetailObject.GetInfoObjectCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FInfoObjects <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := FInfoObjects.Count
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDetailObject.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to LinkObjectCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if LinkObjects[I] <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDetailObject.GetLinkObject(Index: Integer): TObject;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject: TcxDetailInfoObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= Index) and (Index < InfoObjectCount) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject := InfoObjects[Index];
|
||
|
|
if AInfoObject <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := AInfoObject.LinkObject;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDetailObject.GetLinkObjectCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := InfoObjectCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailObject.SetInfoObject(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDetailInfoObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Index >= FInfoObjects.Count then
|
||
|
|
ListSetCount(FInfoObjects, Index + 1);
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects[Index] := Value;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDetailObject.SetLinkObject(Index: Integer; Value: TObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Index >= FInfoObjects.Count then
|
||
|
|
ListSetCount(FInfoObjects, Index + 1);
|
||
|
|
if FInfoObjects[Index] = nil then
|
||
|
|
FInfoObjects[Index] := TcxDetailInfoObject.Create;
|
||
|
|
TcxDetailInfoObject(FInfoObjects[Index]).LinkObject := Value;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataRelation }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxCustomDataRelation.Create(ARelationList: TcxCustomDataRelationList;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FItem := AItem;
|
||
|
|
ARelationList.AddItem(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataRelation.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FDetailDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDetailDataController.SetMasterMode(nil, FDetailDataController.IsPattern);
|
||
|
|
FDetailDataController := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FRelationList.RemoveItem(Self);
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelation.Assign(ASource: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelation.Changed;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRelationList.Changed(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelation.RemoveDataField(ADataField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelation.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FRelationList.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelation.GetIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FRelationList.FItems.IndexOf(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataRelationList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxCustomDataRelationList.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataRelationList.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.Add(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetRelationClass.Create(Self, AItem);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.Assign(ASource: TcxCustomDataRelationList);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ASource.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Add(ASource[I].Item).Assign(ASource[I]);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.Clear;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
Items[I].Free;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.ClearDetailObject(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FDataField) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := GetValueAsDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ARelationIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject.Clear
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject.ClearInfoObject(ARelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
Changed(nil);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.FindByItem(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Item = AItem then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure ResetMasterRelations(ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject: TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ADetailObject.LinkObjectCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject := ADetailObject.LinkObjects[I];
|
||
|
|
if ADetailLinkObject <> nil then
|
||
|
|
DataController.GetDetailDataControllerByLinkObject(ADetailLinkObject).FMasterRelation := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FDataField) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetValueAsDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if IsEmpty then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Result <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ResetMasterRelations(Result);
|
||
|
|
Result.Free;
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
DataController.SetStoredValue(ARecordIndex, FDataField,
|
||
|
|
Integer(Result));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if Result = nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDetailObject.Create;
|
||
|
|
Result.ActiveRelationIndex := DataController.GetDefaultActiveRelationIndex;
|
||
|
|
DataController.SetStoredValue(ARecordIndex, FDataField,
|
||
|
|
Integer(Result));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result.CorrectCount(Self);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.IsDetailObjectExist(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FDataField) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := GetValueAsDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := Assigned(ADetailObject) and
|
||
|
|
(((ARelationIndex = -1) and not ADetailObject.IsEmpty) or
|
||
|
|
((ARelationIndex <> -1) and (ADetailObject.LinkObjects[ARelationIndex] <> nil)));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.IsEmpty: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
APatternRelations: TcxCustomDataRelationList;
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.GetPatternDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
APatternRelations := DataController.GetPatternDataController.Relations;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to APatternRelations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if APatternRelations[I].DetailDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.Move(ACurIndex, ANewIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ACurIndex <> ANewIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARelation := TcxCustomDataRelation(FItems[ACurIndex]);
|
||
|
|
FItems.Delete(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
FItems.Insert(ANewIndex, ARelation);
|
||
|
|
Changed(nil);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.RemoveByItem(AItem: TObject);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARelation := FindByItem(AItem);
|
||
|
|
if ARelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
ARelation.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.Changed(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if LockCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Update(ARelation);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.GetValueAsDetailObject(ARecordIndex: Integer): TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AValue: Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValue := DataController.GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, FDataField);
|
||
|
|
if VarIsNull(AValue) then
|
||
|
|
Result := nil
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDetailObject(Integer(AValue));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.RemoveDataField(ADataField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADataField = FDataField then
|
||
|
|
FDataField := nil;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Items[I].RemoveDataField(ADataField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.Update(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if Count = 0 then
|
||
|
|
FDataField.Free // FDataField <- nil (in RemoveDataField method)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if FDataField <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.ClearDetails;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataField := DataController.AddInternalField;
|
||
|
|
FDataField.ValueTypeClass := TcxObjectValueType;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataController.UpdateRelations(ARelation);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.AddItem(AItem: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FItems.Add(AItem);
|
||
|
|
AItem.FRelationList := Self;
|
||
|
|
Changed(AItem);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FItems.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataRelationList.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataRelation(FItems[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataRelationList.RemoveItem(AItem: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.ClearDetailsMasterRelation(AItem);
|
||
|
|
FItems.Remove(AItem);
|
||
|
|
AItem.FRelationList := nil;
|
||
|
|
Changed(AItem);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxSortingFieldList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxSortingFieldList.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxSortingFieldList.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.AppendFrom(AList: TcxSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to AList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Find(AList[I].Field) = -1 then
|
||
|
|
Add(AList[I].Field, AList[I].SortOrder);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.ChangeSorting(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := Find(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ASortOrder <> soNone then
|
||
|
|
Add(AField, ASortOrder);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if ASortOrder = soNone then
|
||
|
|
Delete(AIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
SetSortOrder(AIndex, ASortOrder);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.CheckField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Find(AField) <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
while Count > 0 do
|
||
|
|
Delete(0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSortingFieldList.SortIndexByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSortingFieldList.SortOrderByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): TcxDataSortOrder;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := SortIndexByField(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AIndex].SortOrder
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := soNone;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.Add(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
PInfo: PcxDataSortInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
New(PInfo);
|
||
|
|
PInfo.Field := AField;
|
||
|
|
PInfo.SortOrder := ASortOrder;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Add(PInfo);
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.Changed;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnChanged) then FOnChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.Delete(Index: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dispose(PcxDataSortInfo(FItems[Index]));
|
||
|
|
FItems.Delete(Index);
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSortingFieldList.Find(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Field = AField then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.Insert(Index: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
PInfo: PcxDataSortInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
New(PInfo);
|
||
|
|
PInfo.Field := AField;
|
||
|
|
PInfo.SortOrder := ASortOrder;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Insert(Index, PInfo);
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.Move(ACurIndex, ANewIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ACurIndex <> ANewIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FItems.Move(ACurIndex, ANewIndex);
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.Remove(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := Find(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Delete(AIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxSortingFieldList.SetSortOrder(Index: Integer; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if PcxDataSortInfo(FItems[Index]).SortOrder <> ASortOrder then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PcxDataSortInfo(FItems[Index]).SortOrder := ASortOrder;
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSortingFieldList.GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FItems.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSortingFieldList.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSortInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := PcxDataSortInfo(FItems[Index])^;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxGroupingFieldList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxGroupingFieldList.ChangeGrouping(AField: TcxCustomDataField; AGroupIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex, ANewIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AGroupIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
Remove(AField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ANewIndex := AGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
AIndex := Find(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ANewIndex > Count then
|
||
|
|
ANewIndex := Count;
|
||
|
|
Insert(ANewIndex, AField, soAscending);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ANewIndex > (Count - 1) then
|
||
|
|
ANewIndex := Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
Move(AIndex, ANewIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxGroupingFieldList.ChangeSorting(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ASortOrder = soNone then
|
||
|
|
ASortOrder := soAscending;
|
||
|
|
inherited ChangeSorting(AField, ASortOrder);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxGroupingFieldList.GroupIndexByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxGroupingFieldList.UpdateSorting(ASortingFieldList: TcxSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := ASortingFieldList.Find(Items[I].Field);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
SetSortOrder(I, ASortingFieldList[AIndex].SortOrder)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
SetSortOrder(I, soAscending);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataGroups }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataGroups.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FFields := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataGroups.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroups.ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex: Integer; AExpanded, ARecursive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (Find(ARowIndex, AItem) <> -1) and Assigned(AItem) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem.Expanded := AExpanded;
|
||
|
|
if ARecursive and (AItem.Level < (LevelCount - 1)) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := AItem.BeginRecordListIndex to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Level > AItem.Level then
|
||
|
|
Items[I].Expanded := AExpanded
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Rebuild;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroups.FullExpanding(AExpanded: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Items[I].Expanded := AExpanded;
|
||
|
|
Rebuild;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetChildCount(AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, L: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFirstLevelCount
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= AIndex) and (AIndex < Count) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
L := Items[AIndex].Level + 1;
|
||
|
|
if L = LevelCount then
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AIndex].EndRecordListIndex - Items[AIndex].BeginRecordListIndex + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
for I := Items[AIndex].BeginRecordListIndex to Items[AIndex].EndRecordListIndex do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Level = L then
|
||
|
|
Inc(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetChildIndex(AParentIndex, AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J, L: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AParentIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFirstLevelIndex(AIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= AParentIndex) and (AParentIndex < Count) and
|
||
|
|
(Items[AParentIndex].Level < (LevelCount - 1)) and
|
||
|
|
(0 <= AIndex) and (AIndex <= (Items[AParentIndex].EndRecordListIndex - Items[AParentIndex].BeginRecordListIndex)) then
|
||
|
|
// (Items[AParentIndex].BeginRecordListIndex <= AIndex) and
|
||
|
|
// (AIndex <= Items[AParentIndex].EndRecordListIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
L := Items[AParentIndex].Level + 1;
|
||
|
|
J := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := Items[AParentIndex].BeginRecordListIndex to Items[AParentIndex].EndRecordListIndex do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Level = L then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(J);
|
||
|
|
if J = AIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetChildRecordListIndex(AParentIndex, AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= AParentIndex) and (AParentIndex < Count) and
|
||
|
|
(Items[AParentIndex].Level = (LevelCount - 1)) and
|
||
|
|
(0 <= AIndex) and (AIndex <= (Items[AParentIndex].EndRecordListIndex - Items[AParentIndex].BeginRecordListIndex)) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AParentIndex].BeginRecordListIndex + AIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetDataRecordListIndex(AInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
while AInfo.Level < LevelCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
AInfo := Items[AInfo.BeginRecordListIndex];
|
||
|
|
Result := AInfo.BeginRecordListIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetFirstLevelCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Level = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Inc(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetFirstLevelIndex(AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
J := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Level = 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(J);
|
||
|
|
if J = AIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetIndexByRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetIndexByRowIndexLevel(ARowIndex, -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetIndexByRowIndexLevel(ARowIndex, ALevel: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(ARowIndex, AItem);
|
||
|
|
if (Result = -1) and (AItem <> nil) then // if it is a data row, go to the nearest top group row
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := AItem.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(ARowIndex, AItem);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if (Result <> -1) and (ALevel <> -1) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := Result;
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if Items[AIndex].Level < ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
while AIndex < Count do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[AIndex];
|
||
|
|
if AItem.Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AIndex;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Inc(AIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
while AIndex >= 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[AIndex];
|
||
|
|
if AItem.Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AIndex;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Dec(AIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetLevel(AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= AIndex) and (AIndex < Count) then
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AIndex].Level
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetParentIndex(AChildIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ALevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= AChildIndex) and (AChildIndex < Count) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ALevel := Items[AChildIndex].Level;
|
||
|
|
while AChildIndex >= 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Items[AChildIndex].Level < ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AChildIndex;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if ALevel = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
Dec(AChildIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroups.Add(const ADataGroupInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
with AddEmpty do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
RowIndex := ADataGroupInfo.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Expanded := ADataGroupInfo.Expanded;
|
||
|
|
Level := ADataGroupInfo.Level;
|
||
|
|
BeginRecordListIndex := ADataGroupInfo.BeginRecordListIndex;
|
||
|
|
EndRecordListIndex := ADataGroupInfo.EndRecordListIndex;
|
||
|
|
SummaryValues := ADataGroupInfo.SummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroups.AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Add(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.AddEmpty: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataGroupInfo.Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Add(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroups.Clear;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Clear;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FItems.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AInfo := TcxDataGroupInfo(FItems[I]);
|
||
|
|
AInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.Find(ARowIndex: Integer; var AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
L, H, I, C: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := nil;
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
L := 0;
|
||
|
|
H := Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
if L <= H then
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
I := (L + H) div 2;
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
C := AItem.RowIndex - ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if C = 0 then // It's Group
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := GetTopVisibleItem(ARowIndex, I);
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if C < 0 then
|
||
|
|
L := I + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
H := I - 1;
|
||
|
|
if L > H then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[L - 1];
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
until False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.FindByIndex(ARecordListIndex, ALevel: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ALastLevel, AAnchor: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
AAnchor := -1;
|
||
|
|
ALastLevel := LevelCount - 1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
if AItem.Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
AAnchor := I;
|
||
|
|
if (AItem.Level = ALastLevel) and
|
||
|
|
(AItem.BeginRecordListIndex <= ARecordListIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(ARecordListIndex <= AItem.EndRecordListIndex) then // only for Data rows
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AAnchor;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.IsVisible(AIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := AIndex;
|
||
|
|
GetTopVisibleItem(Items[AIndex].RowIndex, I);
|
||
|
|
Result := I = AIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.MakeVisible(AIndex: Integer; AExpand: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure ExpandItem(AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not AItem.Expanded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem.Expanded := True;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ALevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
I := AIndex;
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
if AExpand then
|
||
|
|
ExpandItem(AItem);
|
||
|
|
AExpand := True;
|
||
|
|
ALevel := AItem.Level;
|
||
|
|
if ALevel = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Break
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
while I > 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(I);
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Level < ALevel then
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
until False;
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
Rebuild;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetField(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataField(FFields[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetFieldCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FFields.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataGroupInfo(FItems[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FItems.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetRowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
I, ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Count > 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := AItem.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex + 1;
|
||
|
|
AItem := GetTopVisibleItem(ARowIndex, I);
|
||
|
|
if AItem.Expanded then
|
||
|
|
Inc(Result, AItem.EndRecordListIndex - AItem.BeginRecordListIndex + 1); // only for Data rows
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex: Integer): TcxGroupsRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result.Expanded := False;
|
||
|
|
Result.Level := 0;
|
||
|
|
Result.RecordListIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
if Find(ARowIndex, AItem) <> -1 then // Group
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result.Level := AItem.Level;
|
||
|
|
Result.Expanded := AItem.Expanded;
|
||
|
|
Result.RecordListIndex := GetDataRecordListIndex(AItem);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if AItem <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result.Level := LevelCount;
|
||
|
|
Result.Expanded := False;
|
||
|
|
Result.RecordListIndex := AItem.BeginRecordListIndex + (ARowIndex - AItem.RowIndex - 1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroups.GetTopVisibleItem(ARowIndex: Integer; var ACurIndex: Integer): TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AMaxLevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := ACurIndex;
|
||
|
|
J := I;
|
||
|
|
AMaxLevel := Items[I].Level;
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
if AItem.RowIndex <> ARowIndex then
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
// check level
|
||
|
|
if AItem.Level < AMaxLevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AMaxLevel := AItem.Level;
|
||
|
|
if not AItem.Expanded then
|
||
|
|
J := I;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AItem.Level = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
Dec(I);
|
||
|
|
until False;
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[J];
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex := J;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroups.Rebuild;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex, ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure SubItems(ALevel: Integer; AVisible: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
while ACurIndex < Count do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[ACurIndex];
|
||
|
|
if AItem.Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem.RowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if AVisible and AItem.Expanded and (AItem.Level = (LevelCount - 1)) then
|
||
|
|
Inc(ARowIndex, AItem.EndRecordListIndex - AItem.BeginRecordListIndex + 1)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AVisible and AItem.Expanded then
|
||
|
|
Inc(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
SubItems(AItem.Level + 1, AVisible and AItem.Expanded);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AVisible then Dec(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
Dec(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Inc(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
if AVisible then Inc(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
SubItems(0, True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroups.SetItem(AIndex: Integer; AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FItems[AIndex] := AItem;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataFocusingInfo }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataFocusingInfo.Create(ADataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataControllerInfo := ADataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
FLevel := -1;
|
||
|
|
FPrevRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
FRowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFocusingInfo.Assign(AFocusingInfo: TcxDataFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FLevel := AFocusingInfo.Level;
|
||
|
|
FPrevRecordIndex := AFocusingInfo.FPrevRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex := AFocusingInfo.RecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FRowIndex := AFocusingInfo.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
FChangedFlag := False;
|
||
|
|
FPrevNewItemRowFocused := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFocusingInfo.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FLevel := -1;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
FRowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFocusingInfo.IsEqual(AFocusingInfo: TcxDataFocusingInfo): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (Self.RecordIndex = AFocusingInfo.RecordIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(Self.Level = AFocusingInfo.Level) {and
|
||
|
|
(Self.RowIndex = AFocusingInfo.RowIndex)};
|
||
|
|
if Result and (dcicSorting in FDataControllerInfo.FChanges) and
|
||
|
|
(Self.RowIndex <> AFocusingInfo.RowIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFocusingInfo.ResetPos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FLevel := -1;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex := FDataControllerInfo.DataController.GetRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFocusingInfo.SavePos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if RowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Level := FDataControllerInfo.GetRowInfo(RowIndex).Level;
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex := FDataControllerInfo.DataController.GetRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Level := -1;
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FPrevRecordIndex := FRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataExpandingInfos }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataExpandingInfos.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FFields := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataExpandingInfos.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataExpandingInfos.AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Find(AField) = -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Add(AField);
|
||
|
|
ClearValues;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataItemExistError);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataExpandingInfos.AddItem(ALevel: Integer; const AValue: Variant;
|
||
|
|
AState: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
P: PcxDataExpandingInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
New(P);
|
||
|
|
FItems.Add(P);
|
||
|
|
P.Level := ALevel;
|
||
|
|
P.Value := AValue;
|
||
|
|
P.State := AState;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataExpandingInfos.CheckField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FieldCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Fields[I] = AField then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataExpandingInfos.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
ClearValues;
|
||
|
|
FSaveStates := [];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataExpandingInfos.ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataExpandingInfos.ClearValues;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FItems.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Dispose(PcxDataExpandingInfo(FItems[I]));
|
||
|
|
FItems.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataExpandingInfos.Find(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FieldCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Fields[I] = AField then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataExpandingInfos.GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FItems.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataExpandingInfos.GetEmpty: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (Count = 0) or (FieldCount = 0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataExpandingInfos.GetFieldCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FFields.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataExpandingInfos.GetField(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataField(FFields[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataExpandingInfos.GetItem(Index: Integer): PcxDataExpandingInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := PcxDataExpandingInfo(FItems[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSelection }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataSelection.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
FFields := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FAnchorRowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataSelection.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.Add(AIndex, ARowIndex, ARecordIndex, ALevel: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
InternalAdd(AIndex, ARowIndex, ARecordIndex, ALevel);
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Add(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
InternalClear;
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.ClearAll;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ClearAnchor;
|
||
|
|
InternalClear;
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.Delete(AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
InternalDelete(AIndex);
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.FindByGroupIndex(AGroupIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if (Items[I].Level = -1) {It's Group} and
|
||
|
|
(Items[I].RecordIndex = AGroupIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.FindByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: to optimize
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if (Items[I].Level <> -1) {It's Detail} and
|
||
|
|
(Items[I].RecordIndex = ARecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.FindByRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer; var AIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
L, H, I, C: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
L := 0;
|
||
|
|
H := Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
if L <= H then
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
I := (L + H) div 2;
|
||
|
|
C := Items[I].RowIndex - ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if C = 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if C < 0 then
|
||
|
|
L := I + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
H := I - 1;
|
||
|
|
if L > H then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := L;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
until False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.IsRecordSelected(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FindByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex) <> -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.IsRowSelected(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FindByRowIndex(ARowIndex, I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.Sort;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FItems.Sort(CompareSelectionList);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.Changed;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnChanged) then FOnChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.CheckAfterFiltering;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: opt
|
||
|
|
for I := Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Level <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
if DataController.DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordListIndex(Items[I].RecordIndex) = -1 then
|
||
|
|
Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.ClearAnchor;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FAnchorRowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.InternalAdd(AIndex, ARowIndex, ARecordIndex, ALevel: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
P: PcxDataSelectionInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
New(P);
|
||
|
|
P.Level := ALevel;
|
||
|
|
P.RecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
P.RowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if AIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
FItems.Add(P)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FItems.Insert(AIndex, P);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.InternalClear;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FItems.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Dispose(PcxDataSelectioninfo(FItems[I]));
|
||
|
|
FItems.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.InternalDelete(AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
PInfo: PcxDataSelectioninfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PInfo := PcxDataSelectioninfo(FItems[AIndex]);
|
||
|
|
if PInfo.RowIndex = FAnchorRowIndex then
|
||
|
|
ClearAnchor;
|
||
|
|
Dispose(PInfo);
|
||
|
|
FItems.Delete(AIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSelection.SetInternalCount(ACount: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ACount < Count then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := Count - 1 downto ACount do
|
||
|
|
InternalDelete(I);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if ACount > Count then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := Count to ACount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
InternalAdd(-1, I, I, 0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FItems.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.GetField(Index: Integer): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataField(FFields[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.GetFieldCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FFields.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSelection.GetItem(Index: Integer): PcxDataSelectionInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := PcxDataSelectionInfo(FItems[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataControllerInfo }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
FRecordList := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList := TcxGroupingFieldList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.OnChanged := GroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList := TcxSortingFieldList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.OnChanged := SortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList := TcxSortingFieldList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataGroups := TcxDataGroups.Create;
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo := TcxDataExpandingInfos.Create;
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo := TcxDataFocusingInfo.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusingInfo := TcxDataFocusingInfo.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FSelection := DataController.GetDataSelectionClass.Create(DataController);
|
||
|
|
FSelection.OnChanged := SelectionChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataGroups.Free;
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.Free;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.Free;
|
||
|
|
FRecordList.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusingInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSelection.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (FChanges <> []) and (LockCount = 0) then
|
||
|
|
Update;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not ((0 <= ARowIndex) and (ARowIndex < GetRowCount)) then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataRowIndexError);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.Refresh;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicLoad];
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.LockOnAfterSummary then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSummary];
|
||
|
|
if SortingFieldList.Count <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSorting];
|
||
|
|
if GroupingFieldList.Count <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicGrouping];
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.RefreshFocused;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicResetFocusedRow];
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo.ResetPos;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.RefreshSummary(ARedrawOnly: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ARedrawOnly and not IsSortingBySummary then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicView]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSummary];
|
||
|
|
if IsSortingBySummary then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicGrouping];
|
||
|
|
{ if IsSortBySummary <> FIsSortBySummary then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FIsSortBySummary := IsSortBySummary;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoSortBySummaryChanged;
|
||
|
|
//FChanges := FChanges + [dcicGrouping];
|
||
|
|
end;}
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Notify
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicExpanding];
|
||
|
|
FExpandingFlag := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordChanged(AChangedFlag: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicFocusedRecord]; //?
|
||
|
|
if AChangedFlag then
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusingInfo.FChangedFlag := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSorting, dcicGrouping, dcicSummary];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.SelectionChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSelection];
|
||
|
|
if [soSelectedRecords, soMultipleSelectedRecords] * DataController.Summary.Options <> [] then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSummary];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.SortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSorting];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Structure
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.RemoveField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.ChangeSorting(AField, soNone);
|
||
|
|
if FGroupingFieldList.Find(AField) <> -1 then FSelection.ClearAll;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.ChangeGrouping(AField, -1);
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.UpdateSorting(FSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.CheckField(AField);
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.UpdateField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicView];
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.CheckField(AField);
|
||
|
|
if FGroupingFieldList.Find(AField) <> -1 then FSelection.ClearAll;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.CheckField(AField);
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.CheckField(AField);
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Sorting
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ChangeSortIndex(AField: TcxCustomDataField; ASortIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex := FSortingFieldList.Find(AField);
|
||
|
|
if ASortIndex < 0 then ASortIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
if ASortIndex >= FSortingFieldList.Count then
|
||
|
|
ASortIndex := FSortingFieldList.Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
if ACurIndex <> ASortIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.Move(ACurIndex, ASortIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeforeSorting;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FSortingChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ChangeSorting(AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.ChangeSorting(AField, ASortOrder);
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.UpdateSorting(FSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ClearSorting(AKeepGroupedItems: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, APrevCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
APrevCount := FSortingFieldList.Count;
|
||
|
|
if AKeepGroupedItems then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := FSortingFieldList.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if FGroupingFieldList.Find(FSortingFieldList[I].Field) = -1 then
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSortingFieldList.Clear;
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.UpdateSorting(FSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if FSortingFieldList.Count <> APrevCount then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeforeSorting;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FSortingChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Grouping
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AExpanded, ARecursive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped and not IsAlwaysExpanded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: CheckBrowseMode; if needed
|
||
|
|
if not AExpanded and (FocusedRowIndex <> -1) and
|
||
|
|
DataController.Groups.HasAsParent(FocusedRowIndex, ARowIndex) then
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckBrowseMode;
|
||
|
|
DataGroups.ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex, AExpanded, ARecursive);
|
||
|
|
ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if not AExpanded then
|
||
|
|
CheckAfterCollapsing;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ChangeGrouping(AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.ChangeGrouping(AField, AGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.UpdateSorting(FSortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ClearGrouping;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FGroupingFieldList.Clear;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.FullCollapse;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped and not IsAlwaysExpanded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataGroups.FullExpanding(False);
|
||
|
|
ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
CheckAfterCollapsing;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.FullExpand;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped and not IsAlwaysExpanded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataGroups.FullExpanding(True);
|
||
|
|
ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// View Data
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetNearestRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: ADeleteSelection
|
||
|
|
CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
if not IsGrouped then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ARowIndex + 1) > (GetRowCount - 1) then // is last
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex - 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex + 1;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ((ARowIndex + 1) <= (GetRowCount - 1)) and
|
||
|
|
(GetRowInfo(ARowIndex + 1).Level = GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).Level) then
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ((ARowIndex - 1) >= 0) and
|
||
|
|
(GetRowInfo(ARowIndex - 1).Level = GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).Level) then
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex - 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if (ARowIndex + 1) <= (GetRowCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if (ARowIndex - 1) >= 0 then
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex - 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetRowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataGroups.RowCount
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := FRecordList.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AMakeVisible: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordListIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
ARecordListIndex := GetInternalRecordListIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex := DataGroups.FindByIndex(ARecordListIndex, DataGroups.LevelCount - 1);
|
||
|
|
if AGroupIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := LocateDetail(AGroupIndex, ARecordListIndex, AMakeVisible);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := ARecordListIndex;
|
||
|
|
if FExpandingFlag and AMakeVisible then
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex: Integer): TcxRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AGroupsRowInfo: TcxGroupsRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped then
|
||
|
|
AGroupsRowInfo := DataGroups.RowInfo[ARowIndex]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AGroupsRowInfo.Level := 0;
|
||
|
|
AGroupsRowInfo.Expanded := False;
|
||
|
|
AGroupsRowInfo.RecordListIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result.Expanded := AGroupsRowInfo.Expanded;
|
||
|
|
Result.Level := AGroupsRowInfo.Level;
|
||
|
|
Result.RecordIndex := GetInternalRecordIndex(AGroupsRowInfo.RecordListIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Selection
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ChangeRowSelection(ARowIndex: Integer; ASelection: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ARowInfo: TcxRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Selection.FindByRowIndex(ARowIndex, AIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not ASelection then
|
||
|
|
Selection.Delete(AIndex);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ASelection and DataController.CanSelectRow(ARowIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex := DataGroups.Find(ARowIndex, AItem);
|
||
|
|
if AGroupIndex <> -1 then // It's Group
|
||
|
|
Selection.Add(AIndex, ARowIndex, AGroupIndex, -1)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowInfo := GetRowInfo(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
Selection.Add(AIndex, ARowIndex, ARowInfo.RecordIndex, ARowInfo.Level);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Selection.Clear;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ClearSelectionAnchor;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Selection.ClearAnchor;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetSelectedCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FSelection.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetSelectedRowIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Selection[Index].RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.IsRowSelected(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := Selection.IsRowSelected(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CanFocusedRowChanging(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FInCanFocusedRowChanging := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.CanFocusRecord(GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).RecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.CanFocusRecord(-1);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInCanFocusedRowChanging := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CorrectFocusedRow(ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo.Clear;
|
||
|
|
DoChangeFocusedRow(ARowIndex, False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoChangeFocusedRow(AValue: Integer; AIsInternal: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckFocusedRanges(AFocusingInfo: TcxDataFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AFocusingInfo.FRowIndex > (GetRowCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
AFocusingInfo.FRowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure SaveFocusedPos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo.SavePos;
|
||
|
|
if (FFocusingInfo.RowIndex <> -1) and
|
||
|
|
(GetRowInfo(FFocusingInfo.RowIndex).RecordIndex <> FFocusingInfo.RecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
{ error locate - Tried to set focus on a row, but it turned out,
|
||
|
|
that another row was focused (it is possible for DB, for example:
|
||
|
|
the key field is incorrect) }
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo.FRowIndex := FindFocusedRow(False);
|
||
|
|
CheckFocusedRanges(FFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AAllowChangeFocusedRow: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AValue < -1 then AValue := -1;
|
||
|
|
if AValue > (GetRowCount - 1) then AValue := GetRowCount - 1;
|
||
|
|
if FFocusingInfo.RowIndex <> AValue then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFocusingFlag := True;
|
||
|
|
AAllowChangeFocusedRow := False;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if not (dcicFocusedRow in FChanges) then
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusingInfo.Assign(FFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
AAllowChangeFocusedRow := AIsInternal or CanFocusedRowChanging(AValue);
|
||
|
|
if AAllowChangeFocusedRow then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoBeforeFocusedRowChange(AValue);
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo.FRowIndex := AValue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
CheckFocusedRanges(FPrevFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
CheckFocusedRanges(FFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
if (FPrevFocusingInfo.FRowIndex <> -1) or AAllowChangeFocusedRow then
|
||
|
|
SaveFocusedPos;
|
||
|
|
if not FFocusingInfo.IsEqual(FPrevFocusingInfo) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicFocusedRecord, dcicFocusedRow];
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsFocusedSelectedMode and
|
||
|
|
(soSelectedRecords in DataController.Summary.Options) then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSummary];
|
||
|
|
DataController.ResetNewItemRowFocused;
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckDataSetCurrent;
|
||
|
|
DataController.SyncSelected(True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FFocusingFlag := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoFilter;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, APrevRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AIsIncrementalFilter, AIsFiltering, AIsOnFilterRecord: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIsIncrementalFilter := DataController.IsIncrementalFilter;
|
||
|
|
AIsFiltering := DataController.Filter.IsFiltering;
|
||
|
|
AIsOnFilterRecord := not DataController.IsGridMode and DataController.IsFilterRecord;
|
||
|
|
if not (AIsIncrementalFilter or AIsFiltering or AIsOnFilterRecord) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
APrevRecordCount := FRecordList.Count;
|
||
|
|
for I := FRecordList.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if I <> DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex then // TODO:
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AIsOnFilterRecord and
|
||
|
|
not DataController.DoFilterRecord(I) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRecordList.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
Continue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AIsIncrementalFilter and
|
||
|
|
not DataController.DoIncrementalFilterRecord(I) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRecordList.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
Continue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AIsFiltering and
|
||
|
|
not DataController.Filter.DoFilterRecord(I) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRecordList.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
Continue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if FRecordList.Count <> APrevRecordCount then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSelection.CheckAfterFiltering;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FCheckFocusingAfterFilterNeeded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FCheckFocusingAfterFilterNeeded := False;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FFilterChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
type
|
||
|
|
TcxDataGroupCompareInfo = record
|
||
|
|
Info: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
RecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo = ^TcxDataGroupCompareInfo;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoGrouping;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ACurLevels: TList;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure BeginBuilding;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo: PcxDataGroupCompareInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ACurLevels := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := GetInternalRecordIndex(0);
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FDataGroups.LevelCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
New(PCompareInfo);
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo.RecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo.Info := DataGroups.AddEmpty;
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo.Info.RowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo.Info.Expanded := False;
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo.Info.Level := I;
|
||
|
|
if I < (FDataGroups.LevelCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo.Info.BeginRecordListIndex := I + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
PCompareInfo.Info.BeginRecordListIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
ACurLevels.Add(PCompareInfo);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure CloseGroups(ARecordListIndex, ALevelIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ALevelIndex >= (FDataGroups.LevelCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.EndRecordListIndex := ARecordListIndex - 1;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info := DataGroups.AddEmpty;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.RowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.Expanded := False;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.Level := ALevelIndex;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.BeginRecordListIndex := ARecordListIndex;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).RecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.EndRecordListIndex := DataGroups.Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info := DataGroups.AddEmpty;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.RowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.Expanded := False;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.Level := ALevelIndex;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).Info.BeginRecordListIndex := DataGroups.Count;
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[ALevelIndex]).RecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
CloseGroups(ARecordListIndex, ALevelIndex + 1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure CloseBuilding;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, AEndRecordListIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AEndRecordListIndex := FRecordList.Count - 1;
|
||
|
|
for I := FDataGroups.LevelCount - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[I]).Info.EndRecordListIndex := AEndRecordListIndex;
|
||
|
|
if I = (FDataGroups.LevelCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
AEndRecordListIndex := DataGroups.Count - 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
AEndRecordListIndex := PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[I]).Info.BeginRecordListIndex - 1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure EndBuilding;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ACurLevels.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Dispose(PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[I]));
|
||
|
|
ACurLevels.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataGroups.Clear;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to GroupingFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
FDataGroups.AddField(GroupingFieldList[I].Field);
|
||
|
|
if (FRecordList.Count > 0) and (FDataGroups.LevelCount > 0) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
BeginBuilding;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
PrepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := 1 to FRecordList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := GetInternalRecordIndex(I);
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to FDataGroups.LevelCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CompareGroupRecords(PcxDataGroupCompareInfo(ACurLevels[J]).RecordIndex, ARecordIndex, J) <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if J = 0 then Inc(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
CloseGroups(I, J);
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
UnprepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
CloseBuilding;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndBuilding;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoLoad;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ListSetCount(FRecordList, DataController.RecordCount);
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FRecordList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
FRecordList[I] := Pointer(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoSort;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList.Clear;
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList.AppendFrom(GroupingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList.AppendFrom(SortingFieldList);
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.IsGridMode and (FRecordList.Count > 0) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PrepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsProviderMode and
|
||
|
|
DataController.Provider.IsCustomSorting then
|
||
|
|
DataController.Provider.CustomSort
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
QuickSortList(FRecordList.List, 0, FRecordList.Count - 1, CompareRecords);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
UnprepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoBeginSummary;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// Footer Summary can be calculated before DoSort if soSelectedRecords=False
|
||
|
|
if not IsSummaryForSelectedRecords then
|
||
|
|
DataController.Summary.BeginCalculate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoEndSummary;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not IsSummaryForSelectedRecords then
|
||
|
|
DataController.Summary.EndCalculate
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DataController.Summary.Calculate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.FindDataGroup(ARecordListIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataGroups.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if (DataGroups[I].Level = (DataGroups.LevelCount - 1)) and
|
||
|
|
(DataGroups[I].BeginRecordListIndex <= ARecordListIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(ARecordListIndex <= DataGroups[I].EndRecordListIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.FindFocusedRow(ANearest: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function FindFocused(ARecordListIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FFocusingInfo.Level = -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataGroups[AGroupIndex].BeginRecordListIndex <> ARecordListIndex then // Seek Detail
|
||
|
|
Result := LocateDetail(AGroupIndex, ARecordListIndex, True)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := LocateGroupByLevel(AGroupIndex, -1);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FFocusingInfo.Level = DataGroups.LevelCount then // Seek Detail
|
||
|
|
Result := LocateDetail(AGroupIndex, ARecordListIndex, True)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataGroups[AGroupIndex].BeginRecordListIndex = ARecordListIndex then
|
||
|
|
Result := LocateGroupByLevel(AGroupIndex, FFocusingInfo.Level)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := LocateDetail(AGroupIndex, ARecordListIndex, True)
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function FindParentGroup(AIndex, ALevel: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := AIndex downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if DataGroups[I].Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function FindNearest(ARecordListIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ALevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AGroupIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := AGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
AItem := DataGroups.GetTopVisibleItem(DataGroups[AGroupIndex].RowIndex, I);
|
||
|
|
ALevel := FFocusingInfo.Level;
|
||
|
|
if ALevel = DataGroups.LevelCount then // Detail
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (AGroupIndex = I) and DataGroups[AGroupIndex].Expanded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AItem.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Inc(Result, ARecordListIndex - AItem.BeginRecordListIndex + 1);
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Dec(ALevel);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if (ALevel < 0) and (AGroupIndex = I) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AItem.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex := FindParentGroup(AGroupIndex, ALevel);
|
||
|
|
if AGroupIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataGroups[AGroupIndex].RowIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ARecordListIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if FFocusingInfo.RecordIndex < 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
ARecordListIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FRecordList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if GetInternalRecordIndex(I) = FFocusingInfo.RecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordListIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if ARecordListIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex := FindDataGroup(ARecordListIndex); // LastLevel Group
|
||
|
|
if ANearest then
|
||
|
|
Result := FindNearest(ARecordListIndex, AGroupIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := FindFocused(ARecordListIndex, AGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := ARecordListIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ForwardChanges;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges: TcxDataControllerChanges;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := [];
|
||
|
|
if [dcicSorting, dcicView] * FChanges <> [] then
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := [dccLayout];
|
||
|
|
if [dcicLoad, dcicGrouping, dcicExpanding] * FChanges <> [] then
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := ADataControllerChanges + [dccData];
|
||
|
|
if [dcicFocusedRow, dcicResetFocusedRow, dcicFocusedRecord] * FChanges <> [] then
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := ADataControllerChanges + [dccFocus];
|
||
|
|
if dcicSelection in FChanges then
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := ADataControllerChanges + [dccSelection];
|
||
|
|
if dcicSummary in FChanges then
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := ADataControllerChanges + [dccSummary];
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FGroupingChanged then
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := ADataControllerChanges + [dccGrouping];
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FSortingChanged then
|
||
|
|
ADataControllerChanges := ADataControllerChanges + [dccSorting];
|
||
|
|
FChanges := [];
|
||
|
|
DataController.FGroupingChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FSortingChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FFilterChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FSortingBySummaryChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
DataController.Change(ADataControllerChanges);
|
||
|
|
DataController.FLoadedStorage := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FRecordList.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordIndex(ARecordListIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Integer(FRecordList[ARecordListIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordListIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FRecordList.IndexOf(Pointer(ARecordIndex));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.IsAlwaysExpanded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := dcoGroupsAlwaysExpanded in DataController.Options;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.IsGrouped: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataGroups.Count > 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.IsSummaryForSelectedRecords: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (soSelectedRecords in DataController.Summary.Options) or
|
||
|
|
((soMultipleSelectedRecords in DataController.Summary.Options) and (GetSelectedCount > 1))
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.LocateGroupByLevel(AGroupIndex, ALevel: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function FindParentGroup(AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ALevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
ALevel := DataGroups[AIndex].Level - 1;
|
||
|
|
for I := AIndex downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if DataGroups[I].Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AParentGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
if DataGroups[AGroupIndex].Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
AParentGroupIndex := FindParentGroup(AGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
if (AParentGroupIndex <> -1) and (DataGroups[AParentGroupIndex].BeginRecordListIndex = AGroupIndex) then
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex := AParentGroupIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
until False;
|
||
|
|
if DataGroups.MakeVisible(AGroupIndex, False) then
|
||
|
|
ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
Result := DataGroups[AGroupIndex].RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.LocateDetail(AGroupIndex, ARecordListIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AMakeVisible: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not AMakeVisible and
|
||
|
|
not (DataGroups.IsVisible(AGroupIndex) and DataGroups[AGroupIndex].Expanded) then
|
||
|
|
Result := -1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AMakeVisible and DataGroups.MakeVisible(AGroupIndex, True) then
|
||
|
|
ExpandingChanged;
|
||
|
|
Result := DataGroups[AGroupIndex].RowIndex +
|
||
|
|
ARecordListIndex - DataGroups[AGroupIndex].BeginRecordListIndex + 1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.PrepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FTotalSortingFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsConversionNeededForCompare(FTotalSortingFieldList[I].Field) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsSortByDisplayTextNeeded(FTotalSortingFieldList[I].Field) then
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList[I].Field.FNeedConversionFlag := 2
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList[I].Field.FNeedConversionFlag := 1;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList[I].Field.FNeedConversionFlag := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.RecalcSelection;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Selection.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Selection[I].Level = -1 then // It's Group
|
||
|
|
Selection[I].RowIndex := DataGroups[Selection[I].RecordIndex].RowIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Selection[I].RowIndex := GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(Selection[I].RecordIndex, False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ResetFocusing;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FInNotifyControl then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if (dcoFocusTopRowAfterSorting in DataController.Options) and
|
||
|
|
(DataController.FGroupingChanged or DataController.FSortingChanged or
|
||
|
|
DataController.FLoadedStorage) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FLoadedStorage := False;
|
||
|
|
FFocusingInfo.Clear;
|
||
|
|
DoChangeFocusedRow(0, False);
|
||
|
|
if Selection.Count > 0 then
|
||
|
|
Selection.ClearAll;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.SaveExpanding(ASaveStates: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function IsValidInfo: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (DataGroups.FieldCount = GroupingFieldList.Count) and
|
||
|
|
(DataController.RecordCount > 0);
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to GroupingFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if DataGroups.Fields[I] <> GroupingFieldList[I].Field then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure AddGroup(ADataGroupInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo; AGroupIndex: Integer; AExpanded: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
AStateSet: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// begin proc
|
||
|
|
AInfo := ADataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
while AInfo.Level < (DataGroups.LevelCount - 1) do
|
||
|
|
AInfo := DataGroups[AInfo.BeginRecordListIndex];
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := GetInternalRecordIndex(AInfo.BeginRecordListIndex);
|
||
|
|
// if DataController.Provider.IsInserting then // !!!
|
||
|
|
// begin
|
||
|
|
// if ARecordIndex >= DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
// Inc(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
// end;
|
||
|
|
// if ARecordIndex >= DataController.FDeletingRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
// Dec(ARecordIndex); // !!!
|
||
|
|
// end proc
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex < DataController.RecordCount then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AStateSet := [];
|
||
|
|
if AExpanded and ((Selection.Count > 0) or not IsAlwaysExpanded) then
|
||
|
|
AStateSet := AStateSet + [eisExpanded];
|
||
|
|
if (eisSelected in FExpandingInfo.SaveStates) and
|
||
|
|
(Selection.FindByGroupIndex(AGroupIndex) <> -1) then
|
||
|
|
AStateSet := AStateSet + [eisSelected];
|
||
|
|
if AStateSet <> [] then
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.AddItem(ADataGroupInfo.Level,
|
||
|
|
DataController.GetComparedValue(ARecordIndex, GroupingFieldList[ADataGroupInfo.Level].Field),
|
||
|
|
AStateSet);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure AddGroups;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, AVisibleLevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := 0;
|
||
|
|
AVisibleLevel := 0;
|
||
|
|
while I < DataGroups.Count do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupInfo := DataGroups[I];
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroupInfo.Level <= AVisibleLevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroupInfo.Expanded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AddGroup(ADataGroupInfo, I, True);
|
||
|
|
AVisibleLevel := ADataGroupInfo.Level + 1;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if eisSelected in FExpandingInfo.SaveStates then
|
||
|
|
AddGroup(ADataGroupInfo, I, False);
|
||
|
|
AVisibleLevel := ADataGroupInfo.Level;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Inc(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FExpandingInfo.SaveStates <> ASaveStates then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ASaveStates <> []) and IsValidInfo then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.SaveStates := ASaveStates;
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataGroups.FieldCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.AddField(DataGroups.Fields[I]);
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped then
|
||
|
|
AddGroups;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.Clear;
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.SaveStates := ASaveStates;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.TruncateSelection;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ARecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSelection.Count = 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
ARecordCount := DataController.RecordCount;
|
||
|
|
if ARecordCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
FSelection.ClearAll
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if (not DataController.FInDeleteSelection or DataController.FInLoadStorage) and
|
||
|
|
(not DataController.IsKeyNavigation or DataController.IsSmartRefresh) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := FSelection.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
if FSelection[I].RecordIndex >= ARecordCount then
|
||
|
|
FSelection.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.UnprepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FTotalSortingFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList[I].Field.FNeedConversionFlag := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.Update;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASummaryChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FInfoCalculation := True;
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckMode;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FSortingBySummaryChanged then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicSorting{, dcicGrouping, dcicSummary}];
|
||
|
|
if not IsSortingBySummary then
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + [dcicGrouping, dcicSummary];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryChanged := ((dcicSummary in FChanges) {or SortBySummaryChanged}) and
|
||
|
|
([csDestroying, csReading] * DataController.FOwner.ComponentState = []);
|
||
|
|
FExpandingFlag := False;
|
||
|
|
SaveInfo;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if dcicLoad in FChanges then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DoLoad;
|
||
|
|
DoFilter;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryChanged then
|
||
|
|
DoBeginSummary;
|
||
|
|
if ([dcicSorting, dcicGrouping] * FChanges <> []) then
|
||
|
|
DoSort;
|
||
|
|
if dcicGrouping in FChanges then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeforeGroupingNotification;
|
||
|
|
DoGrouping;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if ([dcicSorting, dcicGrouping] * FChanges <> []) then
|
||
|
|
ResetFocusing;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
CheckInfo; // AB7162
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryChanged then
|
||
|
|
DoEndSummary;
|
||
|
|
if (([dcicSorting, dcicGrouping] * FChanges <> []) or ASummaryChanged) and
|
||
|
|
IsSortingBySummary then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DoSortBySummary;
|
||
|
|
CheckInfo; // AB7162
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
//CheckInfo; AB7162
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
ClearInfo;
|
||
|
|
if FExpandingFlag then
|
||
|
|
RecalcSelection;
|
||
|
|
if [dcicSorting, dcicExpanding] * FChanges <> [] then
|
||
|
|
DataController.CorrectPrevSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
FInfoCalculation := False;
|
||
|
|
ForwardChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.DoSortBySummary;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AEngine: TcxSortingBySummaryEngine;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.GetSortingBySummaryEngineClass = nil then Exit;
|
||
|
|
AEngine := DataController.GetSortingBySummaryEngineClass.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
AEngine.Sort;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AEngine.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.IsSortingBySummary: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.Summary.Options * [soSelectedRecords, soMultipleSelectedRecords] <> [] then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to GroupingFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if DataController.Summary.GroupSummaryItems[I].SortedSummaryItem <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CheckAfterCollapsing;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ANewFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ANewFocusedRowIndex := FindFocusedRow(True);
|
||
|
|
if FFocusingInfo.RowIndex <> ANewFocusedRowIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsSmartRefresh then
|
||
|
|
CorrectFocusedRow(ANewFocusedRowIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DoChangeFocusedRow(ANewFocusedRowIndex, False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// RecalcSelection; // TODO: check selection
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CheckExpanding;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASelectionCount, ACurIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function IsEqualFields: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FExpandingInfo.FieldCount = DataGroups.FieldCount;
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataGroups.FieldCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if FExpandingInfo.Fields[I] <> DataGroups.Fields[I] then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure PrepareSelection;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ALevel, ALevelCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// Clear Groups
|
||
|
|
ALevelCount := DataGroups.LevelCount;
|
||
|
|
for I := Selection.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ALevel := Selection[I].Level;
|
||
|
|
if (ALevel = -1) or (ALevel <> ALevelCount) then
|
||
|
|
Selection.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function GroupNeedsRestoration(AExpandingInfo: PcxDataExpandingInfo): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result :=
|
||
|
|
(eisExpanded in AExpandingInfo.State) and (eisExpanded in FExpandingInfo.SaveStates) or
|
||
|
|
(eisSelected in AExpandingInfo.State);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure ExpandGroup(ARecordIndex, ALevel: Integer; AStateSet: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ARecordListIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// begin proc
|
||
|
|
ARecordListIndex := GetInternalRecordListIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
I := DataGroups.FindByIndex(ARecordListIndex, ALevel);
|
||
|
|
// end proc
|
||
|
|
if I <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (eisExpanded in AStateSet) and (eisExpanded in FExpandingInfo.SaveStates) then
|
||
|
|
DataGroups[I].Expanded := True;
|
||
|
|
if eisSelected in AStateSet then
|
||
|
|
Selection.Add(-1, -1, I, -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure ExpandGroups;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ALocateObject: TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject;
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefUnboundReader;
|
||
|
|
I, ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
PExpandingInfo: PcxDataExpandingInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ALocateObject := TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject.Create(DataController);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader := TcxValueDefUnboundReader.Create;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ALocateObject.Level := 0;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FExpandingInfo.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PExpandingInfo := FExpandingInfo[I];
|
||
|
|
if PExpandingInfo.Level < ALocateObject.Level then
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader.Truncate(PExpandingInfo.Level);
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader.SetValue(FExpandingInfo.Fields[PExpandingInfo.Level].ValueDef,
|
||
|
|
PExpandingInfo.Value);
|
||
|
|
if GroupNeedsRestoration(PExpandingInfo) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ALocateObject.Level := PExpandingInfo.Level;
|
||
|
|
ALocateObject.ReadData(AValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := ALocateObject.FindRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
ExpandGroup(ARecordIndex, ALocateObject.Level, PExpandingInfo.State);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
ALocateObject.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure RebuildSelection;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckGroup(ADataGroupInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ADataGroupInfo.Level = (DataGroups.LevelCount - 1)) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// Delete Hidden
|
||
|
|
while (ACurIndex < ASelectionCount) and
|
||
|
|
(Selection[ACurIndex].RowIndex < ADataGroupInfo.BeginRecordListIndex) do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Selection.Delete(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
Dec(ASelectionCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// Skip Visible
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroupInfo.Expanded then
|
||
|
|
while (ACurIndex < ASelectionCount) and
|
||
|
|
(ADataGroupInfo.BeginRecordListIndex <= Selection[ACurIndex].RowIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(Selection[ACurIndex].RowIndex <= ADataGroupInfo.EndRecordListIndex) do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Selection[ACurIndex].RowIndex := ADataGroupInfo.RowIndex +
|
||
|
|
(Selection[ACurIndex].RowIndex - ADataGroupInfo.BeginRecordListIndex + 1);
|
||
|
|
Inc(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, AVisibleLevel, AStartIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupInfo: TcxDataGroupInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Selection.Count = 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
{
|
||
|
|
1 - first is groups (with RowIndex = -1), second - Data Rows (with RowIndex = RecordListIndex)
|
||
|
|
2 - locate begin of Data Rows
|
||
|
|
3 - process Data Rows
|
||
|
|
if visible then correct RowIndex
|
||
|
|
else delete
|
||
|
|
4 - fill RowIndex for Groups (Level = -1)
|
||
|
|
sort by RowIndex
|
||
|
|
}
|
||
|
|
// 1 - Sort Selection By <RecordListIndex>: write RecordListIndex -> RowIndex (temporal)
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Selection.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Selection[I].Level <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Selection[I].RowIndex := GetInternalRecordListIndex(Selection[I].RecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Selection[I].RowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
Selection.Sort;
|
||
|
|
// 2 -
|
||
|
|
ASelectionCount := Selection.Count;
|
||
|
|
AStartIndex := ASelectionCount;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ASelectionCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Selection[I].RowIndex > -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AStartIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// 3 -
|
||
|
|
I := 0;
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex := AStartIndex;
|
||
|
|
AVisibleLevel := 0;
|
||
|
|
while (I < DataGroups.Count) and (ACurIndex < ASelectionCount) do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupInfo := DataGroups[I];
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroupInfo.Level <= AVisibleLevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckGroup(ADataGroupInfo);
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroupInfo.Expanded then
|
||
|
|
AVisibleLevel := ADataGroupInfo.Level + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
AVisibleLevel := ADataGroupInfo.Level;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Inc(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// Clear Hidden
|
||
|
|
for I := ACurIndex to ASelectionCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Selection.Delete(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
Dec(ASelectionCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// 4 -
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to AStartIndex - 1 do // for Group's
|
||
|
|
Selection[I].RowIndex := DataGroups[Selection[I].RecordIndex].RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Selection.Sort;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure RestoreRowsSelection;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsGridMode then Exit;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Selection.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Selection[I].RowIndex := GetInternalRecordListIndex(Selection[I].RecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Selection.Sort;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ATempIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped and IsAlwaysExpanded then
|
||
|
|
DataGroups.FullExpanding(True);
|
||
|
|
if FExpandingInfo.SaveStates <> [] then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsEqualFields then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PrepareSelection;
|
||
|
|
if IsGrouped then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
// if not IsAlwaysExpanded then
|
||
|
|
ExpandGroups;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
if not IsAlwaysExpanded and (eisExpanded in FExpandingInfo.SaveStates) then
|
||
|
|
DataGroups.Rebuild;
|
||
|
|
RebuildSelection;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if eisSelected in FExpandingInfo.SaveStates then
|
||
|
|
RestoreRowsSelection;
|
||
|
|
// check Selection Anchor
|
||
|
|
if (Selection.AnchorRowIndex <> -1) and
|
||
|
|
not Selection.FindByRowIndex(Selection.AnchorRowIndex, ATempIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Selection.ClearAnchor;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if eisSelected in FExpandingInfo.SaveStates then
|
||
|
|
Selection.ClearAll;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CheckFocusing;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ANewFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ANewFocusedRowIndex := FindFocusedRow(False);
|
||
|
|
if FFocusingInfo.RowIndex <> ANewFocusedRowIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// check old row index
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= FFocusingInfo.RowIndex) and (FFocusingInfo.RowIndex < GetRowCount) and
|
||
|
|
(FFocusingInfo.RecordIndex = GetRowInfo(FFocusingInfo.RowIndex).RecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
// do nothing
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DoChangeFocusedRow(ANewFocusedRowIndex, True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if (dcicFocusedRow in FChanges) and (FPrevFocusingInfo.RowIndex >= GetRowCount) then
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusingInfo.RowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FFilterChanged then
|
||
|
|
CheckFocusingAfterFilter;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CheckFocusingAfterFilter;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (FocusedRowIndex = -1) and not DataController.NewItemRowFocused then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FFilterChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
if {DataController.IsSmartRefresh and} (DataController.Provider.LocateCount = 0) then
|
||
|
|
CorrectFocusedRow(0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CheckInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckExpanding;
|
||
|
|
CheckFocusing;
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckBookmarkValid(-1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.ClearInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FExpandingInfo.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CompareGroupRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AI, A1, A2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex1 = ARecordIndex2 then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
if DataController.Provider.FSavedRecordIndex <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex1 = DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex1 := DataController.Provider.FSavedRecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex2 = DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex2 := DataController.Provider.FSavedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// check Inserting - see CompareRecords
|
||
|
|
A1 := DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex1;
|
||
|
|
A2 := DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex2;
|
||
|
|
if (A1 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex) or (A2 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AI := DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex1 = AI then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if A1 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex then // appending
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0; // !!!
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else // inserting
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex2 = A2 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0; // !!!
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex1 := A2;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex2 = AI then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if A1 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex then // appending
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0; // !!!
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else // inserting
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex1 = A2 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0; // !!!
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex2 := A2;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// compare
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.CompareRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2,
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList[AIndex], dccmGrouping);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.CompareRecords(ARecord1, ARecord2: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, AI, A1, A2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
if ARecord1 = ARecord2 then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// check Inserting
|
||
|
|
A1 := DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex1;
|
||
|
|
A2 := DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex2;
|
||
|
|
if (A1 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex) or (A2 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AI := DataController.Provider.FEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if Integer(ARecord1) = AI then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if A1 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex then // appending
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 1;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else // inserting
|
||
|
|
if Integer(ARecord2) = A2 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Integer(ARecord1) := A2;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if Integer(ARecord2) = AI then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if A1 <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex then // appending
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else // inserting
|
||
|
|
if Integer(ARecord1) = A2 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 1;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Integer(ARecord2) := A2;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// compare
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FTotalSortingFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.CompareRecords(Integer(ARecord1), Integer(ARecord2),
|
||
|
|
FTotalSortingFieldList[I], dccmSorting);
|
||
|
|
if Result <> 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if Result = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.CompareEqualRecords(Integer(ARecord1), Integer(ARecord2));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FFocusingInfo.RowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetRowInfo(FFocusingInfo.RowIndex).RecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FFocusingInfo.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetNewItemRowFocusingChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FPrevFocusingInfo.FChangedFlag;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetPrevFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FPrevFocusingInfo.FPrevRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.GetPrevFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FPrevFocusingInfo.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.SaveInfo;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASaveStates: TcxDataExpandingInfoStateSet;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASaveStates := [];
|
||
|
|
if (dcoSaveExpanding in DataController.Options) or (Selection.Count > 0) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (dcoSaveExpanding in DataController.Options) and
|
||
|
|
([dcicLoad, dcicGrouping] * FChanges <> []) then
|
||
|
|
ASaveStates := ASaveStates + [eisExpanded];
|
||
|
|
if (Selection.Count > 0) and
|
||
|
|
([dcicLoad, dcicGrouping, dcicSorting, dcicExpanding] * FChanges <> []) then
|
||
|
|
ASaveStates := ASaveStates + [eisSelected];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
SaveExpanding(ASaveStates);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.SetFocusedRowIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
//BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DoChangeFocusedRow(Value, False);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
// EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem.GetDataValue(AData: TObject): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Field) then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetFilterDataValue(Integer(AData), Field)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem.GetFieldCaption: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Field) and (Field.Item <> nil) then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetFilterItemFieldCaption(Field.Item)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem.GetFieldName: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Field) and (Field.Item <> nil) then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetFilterItemFieldName(Field.Item)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem.GetItemLink: TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Field) then
|
||
|
|
Result := Field.Item
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil; // !!!
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem.SetItemLink(Value: TObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not (Value is TcxCustomDataField) then
|
||
|
|
Value := DataController.Fields.FieldByItem(Value);
|
||
|
|
inherited;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (Criteria as TcxDataFilterCriteria).DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem.GetField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := inherited GetItemLink as TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataFilterValueList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterValueList.Load(AItemIndex: Integer; AInitSortByDisplayText: Boolean = True;
|
||
|
|
AUseFilteredValues: Boolean = False);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadRecords(var AUseFilteredRecords: Boolean; out ANullExists: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
I, ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
V: Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ANullExists := False;
|
||
|
|
AField := DataController.Fields[AItemIndex];
|
||
|
|
if AUseFilteredRecords and (DataController.FilteredRecordCount <> 0) then
|
||
|
|
I := DataController.FilteredRecordCount
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AUseFilteredRecords := False;
|
||
|
|
I := DataController.RecordCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to I - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: ignore editing record
|
||
|
|
if AUseFilteredRecords then
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.FilteredRecordIndex[I]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
V := DataController.GetFilterDataValue(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
if Criteria.ValueIsNull(V) then
|
||
|
|
ANullExists := True
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Add(fviValue, V, DataController.GetFilterDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex), False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function NonBlanksFilterApplied: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ACriteriaItem: TcxFilterCriteriaItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ACriteriaItem := Criteria.FindItemByItemLink(DataController.GetItem(AItemIndex));
|
||
|
|
Result := (ACriteriaItem <> nil) and (ACriteriaItem.Operator is TcxFilterNotNullOperator);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ANullExists: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
if AInitSortByDisplayText then
|
||
|
|
// SortByDisplayText := DataController.GetItemValueSource(AItemIndex) <> evsText; // TODO: Text for Lookup Field!!!
|
||
|
|
SortByDisplayText := DataController.IsFilterItemSortByDisplayText(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Add(fviAll, Null, cxSFilterString(@cxSFilterBoxAllCaption), False);
|
||
|
|
Add(fviCustom, Null, cxSFilterString(@cxSFilterBoxCustomCaption), False);
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
ANullExists := True // custom loading
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
LoadRecords(AUseFilteredValues, ANullExists);
|
||
|
|
if ANullExists then
|
||
|
|
Add(fviBlanks, Null, cxSFilterString(@cxSFilterBoxBlanksCaption), False);
|
||
|
|
if ANullExists or AUseFilteredValues and NonBlanksFilterApplied then
|
||
|
|
Add(fviNonBlanks, Null, cxSFilterString(@cxSFilterBoxNonBlanksCaption), False);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned((Criteria as TcxDataFilterCriteria).FOnGetValueList) then
|
||
|
|
(Criteria as TcxDataFilterCriteria).FOnGetValueList(Criteria, AItemIndex, Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterValueList.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (Criteria as TcxDataFilterCriteria).DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataFilterCriteria }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataFilterCriteria.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
Version := cxDataFilterVersion;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataFilterCriteria.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDestroying := True;
|
||
|
|
if (FDataController <> nil) and (FDataController.FFilters <> nil) then
|
||
|
|
FDataController.FFilters.Remove(Self);
|
||
|
|
Active := False;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterCriteria.Assign(Source: TPersistent; AIgnoreItemNames: Boolean = False);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataFilterCriteria then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
inherited;
|
||
|
|
Active := TcxDataFilterCriteria(Source).Active;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
inherited;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterCriteria.AssignEvents(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited AssignEvents(Source);
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataFilterCriteria then
|
||
|
|
OnGetValueList := TcxDataFilterCriteria(Source).OnGetValueList;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.CreateValueList: TcxDataFilterValueList;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetValueListClass.Create(Self) as TcxDataFilterValueList;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.FindItemByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxFilterCriteriaItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not (AItemLink is TcxCustomDataField) then
|
||
|
|
AItemLink := DataController.Fields.FieldByItem(AItemLink);
|
||
|
|
Result := inherited FindItemByItemLink(AItemLink);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.IsFiltering: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Active and not IsEmpty and not DataController.IsGridMode;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterCriteria.RemoveItemByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
RemoveItemByItemLink(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterCriteria.DefineProperties(Filer: TFiler);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited DefineProperties(Filer);
|
||
|
|
Filer.DefineBinaryProperty('Criteria', ReadData, WriteData, IsStore);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.DoFilterRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DoFilterData(TObject(ARecordIndex));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.GetIDByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetItemID(AItemLink);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.GetNameByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetItemName(AItemLink);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.GetItemClass: TcxFilterCriteriaItemClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataFilterCriteriaItem;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.GetItemLinkByID(AID: Integer): TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.FindItemByInternalID(AID);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.GetItemLinkByName(const AName: string): TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.FindItemByName(AName);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.GetValueListClass: TcxFilterValueListClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataFilterValueList;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.IsDestroying: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Destroying or DataController.IsDestroying;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.IsInternal: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (DataController <> nil) and (DataController.FFilters.IndexOf(Self) <> -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterCriteria.IsLoading: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.IsLoading;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterCriteria.Update;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not (IsInternal or IsDestroying or IsLoading) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.Provider.IsDataSource then
|
||
|
|
DataController.Post;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FilterChanged;
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(OnChanged) then
|
||
|
|
OnChanged(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterCriteria.SetActive(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FActive <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FActive := Value;
|
||
|
|
Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataFilterList }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterList.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
while Count > 0 do
|
||
|
|
Items[Count - 1].Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataFilterList.RemoveItemByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Items[I].RemoveItemByField(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFilterList.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataFilterCriteria;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataFilterCriteria(inherited Items[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataControllerGroups }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataControllerGroups.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroups.ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AExpanded, ARecursive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ChangeExpanding(ARowIndex, AExpanded, ARecursive);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroups.ChangeGrouping(AItemIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if GetItemGroupIndex(AItemIndex) <> AGroupIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeforeSorting;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FGroupingChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ChangeGrouping(DataController.Fields[AItemIndex], AGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroups.ClearGrouping;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetGroupingItemCount > 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeforeSorting;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FGroupingChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ClearGrouping;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroups.FullCollapse;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FullCollapse;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroups.FullExpand;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FullExpand;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetDataGroupIndexByGroupValue(AParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
const AGroupValue: Variant): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AChildDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
{ if (DataControllerInfo.LockCount > 0) and (DataControllerInfo.FChanges <> []) then
|
||
|
|
Exit; // !!!}
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.PrepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ChildCount[AParentDataGroupIndex] - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AChildDataGroupIndex := ChildDataGroupIndex[AParentDataGroupIndex, I];
|
||
|
|
if VarEquals(GroupValues[AChildDataGroupIndex] , AGroupValue) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AChildDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.UnprepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.HasAsParent(ARowIndex, AParentRowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex, AParentIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if LevelCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
AParentIndex := DataGroupIndexByRowIndex[AParentRowIndex];
|
||
|
|
AIndex := DataGroupIndexByRowIndex[ARowIndex];
|
||
|
|
Result := (AParentIndex = AIndex) or
|
||
|
|
((Level[AParentIndex] < Level[AIndex]) and
|
||
|
|
(DataGroups[AParentIndex].BeginRecordListIndex <= AIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(AIndex <= DataGroups[AParentIndex].EndRecordListIndex));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroups.LoadRecordIndexes(AList: TList; ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, AChildCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AChildCount := ChildCount[ADataGroupIndex];
|
||
|
|
if Level[ADataGroupIndex] < LevelCount - 1 then // It's Sub Groups
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to AChildCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
LoadRecordIndexes(AList, ChildDataGroupIndex[ADataGroupIndex, I]);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to AChildCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
AList.Add(Pointer(ChildRecordIndex[ADataGroupIndex, I]));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroups.LoadRecordIndexesByRowIndex(AList: TList; ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
LoadRecordIndexes(AList, DataGroupIndexByRowIndex[ARowIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetGroupRecordIndex(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordDataGroupIndex := ADataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
while Level[ARecordDataGroupIndex] < LevelCount - 1 do // It's Sub Groups
|
||
|
|
ARecordDataGroupIndex := ChildDataGroupIndex[ARecordDataGroupIndex, 0];
|
||
|
|
Result := ChildRecordIndex[ARecordDataGroupIndex, 0];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetChildCount(DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetChildCount(DataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetChildDataGroupIndex(ParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex; ChildIndex: Integer): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetChildIndex(ParentDataGroupIndex, ChildIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetChildRecordIndex(ParentDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
ChildIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetChildRecordListIndex(ParentDataGroupIndex, ChildIndex);
|
||
|
|
if I <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordIndex(I)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetDataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.DataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetDataGroupIndexByRowIndex(RowIndex: Integer): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetIndexByRowIndex(RowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetDataGroups: TcxDataGroups;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.DataGroups;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetFieldGroupIndex(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList.GroupIndexByField(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetGroupingItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetGroupingItemIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList[Index].Field.Index;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetGroupDisplayText(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex, ALevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := GetGroupRecordIndex(ADataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
ALevel := Level[ADataGroupIndex];
|
||
|
|
AField := DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList[ALevel].Field;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AField.Index);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetGroupValue(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex, ALevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := GetGroupRecordIndex(ADataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
ALevel := Level[ADataGroupIndex];
|
||
|
|
AField := DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList[ALevel].Field;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetComparedValue(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetItemGroupIndex(AItemIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := FieldGroupIndex[DataController.Fields[AItemIndex]];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetLevel(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetLevel(ADataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroups.GetParentDataGroupIndex(ChildDataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetParentIndex(ChildDataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataSummaryItem }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSummaryItem.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxCustomDataSummaryItem then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ItemLink := DataController.FindProperItemLink(TcxCustomDataSummaryItem(Source).ItemLink);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
inherited Assign(Source);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSummaryItem.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Collection) then Collection.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSummaryItem.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Collection) then Collection.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSummaryItem.ItemLinkChanging(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataSummaryItem.GetItemLink: TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Field) then
|
||
|
|
Result := Field.Item
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataSummaryItem.SetItemLink(Value: TObject);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ItemLink <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := DataController.Fields.FieldByItem(Value);
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ItemLinkChanging(AField);
|
||
|
|
FField := AField;
|
||
|
|
Changed(True);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSummaryItem }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataSummaryItem.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Sorted := False;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItem.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataSummaryItem then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
inherited Assign(Source);
|
||
|
|
Format := TcxDataSummaryItem(Source).Format;
|
||
|
|
Kind := TcxDataSummaryItem(Source).Kind;
|
||
|
|
Position := TcxDataSummaryItem(Source).Position;
|
||
|
|
Sorted := TcxDataSummaryItem(Source).Sorted;
|
||
|
|
OnGetText := TcxDataSummaryItem(Source).OnGetText;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
inherited Assign(Source);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.DataField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Field;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.FormatValue(const AValue: Variant; AIsFooter: Boolean): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
S: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not VarIsNull(AValue) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Kind <> skNone then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
S := Format;
|
||
|
|
if Format = '' then
|
||
|
|
S := SummaryItems.DefaultFormat(GetValueType(VarType(AValue)), Kind, AIsFooter);
|
||
|
|
if (VarType(AValue) = varDate) and (Kind <> skCount) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if TimeOf(AValue) = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Result := DateToStr(AValue)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if DateOf(AValue) = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Result := TimeToStr(AValue)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DateTimeToStr(AValue);
|
||
|
|
Result := S + Result;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := FormatFloat(S, AValue);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := VarToStr(AValue);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnGetText) then
|
||
|
|
FOnGetText(Self, AValue, AIsFooter, Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := SummaryItems.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.GetValueType(AVarType: TVarType): TcxSummaryValueType;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsCurrency(AVarType) then
|
||
|
|
Result := svtCurrency
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
case AVarType of
|
||
|
|
varDate:
|
||
|
|
Result := svtDate;
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := svtFloat;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.IsCurrency(AVarType: TVarType): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := VarTypeIsCurrency(AVarType);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.IsDataBinded: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (DataField <> nil) or ((Kind = skCount) and (Position = spGroup));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.IsPositionStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := SummaryItems.IsPositionStored(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.GetPosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := SummaryItems.GetItemPosition(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItem.GetSummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Collection) and (Collection is TcxDataSummaryItems) then
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryItems(Collection)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItem.SetFormat(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FFormat <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFormat := Value;
|
||
|
|
Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItem.SetKind(Value: TcxSummaryKind);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FKind <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FKind := Value;
|
||
|
|
Changed(True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItem.SetPosition(Value: TcxSummaryPosition);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Position <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FPosition := Value;
|
||
|
|
Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItem.SetSorted(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.SortingBySummaryDataItemIndex <> -1 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if FSorted <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
SummaryItems.BeforeSortingChange(Self, Value);
|
||
|
|
FSorted := Value;
|
||
|
|
DataController.DoSortingBySummaryChanged;
|
||
|
|
Changed(True);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSummaryItems }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataSummaryItems.Create(ASummary: TcxDataSummary; AItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(AItemClass);
|
||
|
|
FSummary := ASummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.Add: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryItem(inherited Add);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.Add(AItemLink: TObject; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
AKind: TcxSummaryKind; const AFormat: string = ''): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Result := Add;
|
||
|
|
Result.ItemLink := AItemLink;
|
||
|
|
Result.Position := APosition;
|
||
|
|
Result.Kind := AKind;
|
||
|
|
Result.Format := AFormat;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Assign(Source);
|
||
|
|
AssignEvents(Source);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.AssignEvents(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataSummaryItems then
|
||
|
|
OnSummary := TcxDataSummaryItems(Source).OnSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.DefaultFormat(AValueType: TcxSummaryValueType;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryKind: TcxSummaryKind; AIsFooter: Boolean): string;
|
||
|
|
const
|
||
|
|
ACurrencyFormats: array [Boolean, skSum..skAverage] of string = (
|
||
|
|
('SUM=%s;SUM=-%s', 'MIN=%s;MIN=-%s', 'MAX=%s;MAX=-%s', 'COUNT=0', 'AVG=%s;AVG=-%s'),
|
||
|
|
('%s;-%s', 'MIN=%s;MIN=-%s', 'MAX=%s;MAX=-%s', '0', 'AVG=%s;AVG=-%s'));
|
||
|
|
ADateFormats: array [Boolean, skSum..skAverage] of string = (
|
||
|
|
('SUM=', 'MIN=', 'MAX=', 'COUNT=0', 'AVG='),
|
||
|
|
('', 'MIN=', 'MAX=', '0', 'AVG='));
|
||
|
|
AFloatFormats: array [Boolean, skSum..skAverage] of string = (
|
||
|
|
('SUM=0.00;SUM=-0.00', 'MIN=0.00;MIN=-0.00', 'MAX=0.00;MAX=-0.00', 'COUNT=0', 'AVG=0.00;AVG=-0.00'),
|
||
|
|
('0.00;-0.00', 'MIN=0.00;MIN=-0.00', 'MAX=0.00;MAX=-0.00', '0', 'AVG=0.00;AVG=-0.00'));
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
S: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryKind = skNone then Exit;
|
||
|
|
case AValueType of
|
||
|
|
svtCurrency:
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
S := DefaultCurrencyDisplayFormat;
|
||
|
|
Result := Format(ACurrencyFormats[AIsFooter, ASummaryKind], [S, S]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
svtDate:
|
||
|
|
Result := ADateFormats[AIsFooter, ASummaryKind];
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := AFloatFormats[AIsFooter, ASummaryKind];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.DeleteItems(AItemLink: TObject; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
if (AItem.ItemLink = AItemLink) and (AItem.Position = APosition) then
|
||
|
|
AItem.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetGroupText(const ASummaryValues: Variant): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.IndexOf(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I] = AItem then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.IndexOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].ItemLink = AItemLink then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.ItemOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := IndexOfItemLink(AItemLink);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AIndex]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetDataItem(AItemIndex: Integer; APosition: TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
ACheckKind: Boolean = False; AKind: TcxSummaryKind = skNone): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
AField := DataController.Fields[AItemIndex];
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if (Items[I].Field = AField) and (Items[I].Position = APosition) and
|
||
|
|
(not ACheckKind or (Items[I].Kind = AKind)) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetDataItemFormat(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AKind: TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
ASorted: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
GetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex, APosition, [spFormat], Result, AKind, ASorted);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetDataItemKind(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFormat: string;
|
||
|
|
ASorted: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
GetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex, APosition, [spKind], AFormat, Result, ASorted);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetDataItemSorted(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFormat: string;
|
||
|
|
AKind: TcxSummaryKind;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
GetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex, APosition, [spSorted], AFormat, AKind, Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.SetDataItemFormat(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex, APosition, [spFormat], Value, skNone, False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.SetDataItemKind(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; Value: TcxSummaryKind);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex, APosition, [spKind], '', Value, False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.SetDataItemSorted(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex, APosition, [spSorted], '', skNone, Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.BeforeSortingChange(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem; AValue: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.ChangedView;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Count > 0 then
|
||
|
|
Update(Items[0]);
|
||
|
|
// Items[0].Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetItemPosition(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AItem.FPosition;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.IsPositionStored(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AItem.Position <> TcxSummaryPosition(0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetOwner: TPersistent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.IndexOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Field = AField then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.ItemOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := IndexOfField(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AIndex]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.Update(Item: TCollectionItem);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSummary.Changed(Item <> nil);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.AddDataItem(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Add(DataController.GetItem(AItemIndex), APosition, skNone);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.CheckItemEmpty(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsPropertiesEmpty([spFormat, spKind, spSorted], AItem.Format, AItem.Kind, AItem.Sorted) then
|
||
|
|
AItem.Free;
|
||
|
|
// TODO: Modified
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.GetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties;
|
||
|
|
var AFormat: string; var AKind: TcxSummaryKind; var ASorted: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := GetDataItem(AItemIndex, APosition);
|
||
|
|
if AItem <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if spFormat in AProperties then AFormat := AItem.Format;
|
||
|
|
if spKind in AProperties then AKind := AItem.Kind;
|
||
|
|
if spSorted in AProperties then ASorted := AItem.Sorted;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFormat := '';
|
||
|
|
AKind := skNone;
|
||
|
|
ASorted := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.IsPropertiesEmpty(AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties;
|
||
|
|
const AFormat: string; AKind: TcxSummaryKind; ASorted: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
if (spFormat in AProperties) and (AFormat <> '') then
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if (spKind in AProperties) and (AKind <> skNone) then
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if (spSorted in AProperties) and ASorted then
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.SetDataItemProperties(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties;
|
||
|
|
const AFormat: string; AKind: TcxSummaryKind; ASorted: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := GetDataItem(AItemIndex, APosition);
|
||
|
|
if AItem <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetItemProperties(AItem, APosition, AProperties, AFormat, AKind, ASorted);
|
||
|
|
CheckItemEmpty(AItem);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if not IsPropertiesEmpty(AProperties, AFormat, AKind, ASorted) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AItem := AddDataItem(AItemIndex, APosition);
|
||
|
|
SetItemProperties(AItem, APosition, AProperties, AFormat, AKind, ASorted);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// TODO: Modified
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.SetItemProperties(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
APosition: TcxSummaryPosition; AProperties: TcxSummaryProperties;
|
||
|
|
const AFormat: string; AKind: TcxSummaryKind; ASorted: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if spFormat in AProperties then AItem.Format := AFormat;
|
||
|
|
if spKind in AProperties then AItem.Kind := AKind;
|
||
|
|
if spSorted in AProperties then AItem.Sorted := ASorted;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Summary.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryItems.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryItem(inherited GetItem(Index));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryItems.SetItem(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDataSummaryItem);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited SetItem(Index, Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataFooterSummaryItems }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFooterSummaryItems.GetItemPosition(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): TcxSummaryPosition;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := spFooter;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataFooterSummaryItems.IsPositionStored(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataGroupSummaryItems }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.Create(ASummary: TcxDataSummary;
|
||
|
|
AItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(ASummary, AItemClass);
|
||
|
|
FBeginText := stBeginText;
|
||
|
|
FEndText := stEndText;
|
||
|
|
FSeparator := stSeparator;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited;
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataGroupSummaryItems then
|
||
|
|
with TcxDataGroupSummaryItems(Source) do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Self.BeginText := BeginText;
|
||
|
|
Self.EndText := EndText;
|
||
|
|
Self.Separator := Separator;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.GetGroupText(const ASummaryValues: Variant): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
S: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Position = spGroup then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
S := Items[I].FormatValue(ASummaryValues[I], False);
|
||
|
|
if Result = '' then
|
||
|
|
Result := S
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + Separator + ' ' + S;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if Result <> '' then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FBeginText <> '' then
|
||
|
|
Result := FBeginText + Result;
|
||
|
|
if FEndText <> '' then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + FEndText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.SortedSummaryItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ASortingBySummaryDataItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
ASortingBySummaryDataItemIndex := DataController.SortingBySummaryDataItemIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ASortingBySummaryDataItemIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := ItemOfItemLink(DataController.GetItem(ASortingBySummaryDataItemIndex))
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Sorted then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.BeforeSortingChange(AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
AValue: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited;
|
||
|
|
if AValue and (SortedSummaryItem <> nil) then
|
||
|
|
SortedSummaryItem.Sorted := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.GetOwner: TPersistent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FOwner <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := FOwner
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := inherited GetOwner;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.IsBeginTextStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FBeginText <> stBeginText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.IsEndTextStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FEndText <> stEndText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.IsSeparatorStored: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FSeparator <> stSeparator;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.SetBeginText(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FBeginText <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FBeginText := Value;
|
||
|
|
ChangedView;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.SetEndText(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FEndText <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FEndText := Value;
|
||
|
|
ChangedView;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.SetSeparator(const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSeparator <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSeparator := Value;
|
||
|
|
ChangedView;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink.GetSummaryGroupItemLinks: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Collection) and (Collection is TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks) then
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks(Collection)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := SummaryGroupItemLinks.SummaryGroup.SummaryGroups.Summary.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink.ItemLinkChanging(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryGroups: TcxDataSummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryGroup: TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ASummaryGroups := SummaryGroupItemLinks.SummaryGroup.SummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ASummaryGroups.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASummaryGroup := ASummaryGroups[I];
|
||
|
|
AItem := ASummaryGroup.Links.ItemOfField(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AItem <> nil then
|
||
|
|
AItem.ItemLink := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.Create(ASummaryGroup: TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
AItemClass: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinkClass);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(AItemClass);
|
||
|
|
FSummaryGroup := ASummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.Add: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink(inherited Add);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.IndexOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].ItemLink = AItemLink then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.ItemOfItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := IndexOfItemLink(AItemLink);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AIndex]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.GetOwner: TPersistent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.IndexOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Field = AField then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.ItemOfField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIndex := IndexOfField(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[AIndex]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.Update(Item: TCollectionItem);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// FSummaryGroup.Changed(Item <> nil);
|
||
|
|
FSummaryGroup.SummaryGroups.Update(nil);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink(inherited GetItem(Index));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.SetItem(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited SetItem(Index, Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSummaryGroup }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataSummaryGroup.Create(Collection: TCollection);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSummaryItems := TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.Create({SummaryGroups}(Collection as TcxDataSummaryGroups).Summary,
|
||
|
|
{SummaryGroups}(Collection as TcxDataSummaryGroups).Summary.GetSummaryItemClass);
|
||
|
|
FSummaryItems.FOwner := Self;
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(Collection);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataSummaryGroup.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSummaryItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSummaryItems := nil;
|
||
|
|
FItemLinks.Free;
|
||
|
|
FItemLinks := nil;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroup.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataSummaryGroup then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Links := TcxDataSummaryGroup(Source).Links;
|
||
|
|
SummaryItems := TcxDataSummaryGroup(Source).SummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
inherited Assign(Source);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroup.GetItemLinks: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not Assigned(FItemLinks) then
|
||
|
|
FItemLinks := TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks.Create(Self,
|
||
|
|
{SummaryGroups}(Collection as TcxDataSummaryGroups).Summary.GetSummaryGroupItemLinkClass);
|
||
|
|
Result := FItemLinks;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroup.GetSummaryGroups: TcxDataSummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(Collection) and (Collection is TcxDataSummaryGroups) then
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryGroups(Collection)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroup.SetItemLinks(Value: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Links.Assign(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroup.SetSummaryItems(Value: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SummaryItems.Assign(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSummaryGroups }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataSummaryGroups.Create(ASummary: TcxDataSummary);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(TcxDataSummaryGroup);
|
||
|
|
FSummary := ASummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroups.Add: TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryGroup(inherited Add);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroups.FindByItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if Items[I].Links.IndexOfItemLink(AItemLink) <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Items[I];
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroups.GetOwner: TPersistent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroups.Update(Item: TCollectionItem);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Summary.Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummaryGroups.GetItem(Index: Integer): TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryGroup(inherited GetItem(Index));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummaryGroups.SetItem(Index: Integer; Value: TcxDataSummaryGroup);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited SetItem(Index, Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataSummary }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataSummary.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
FDefaultGroupSummaryItems := TcxDataGroupSummaryItems.Create(Self, GetSummaryItemClass);
|
||
|
|
FFooterSummaryItems := TcxDataFooterSummaryItems.Create(Self, GetSummaryItemClass);
|
||
|
|
FSummaryGroups := TcxDataSummaryGroups.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataSummary.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDestroying := True;
|
||
|
|
FDefaultGroupSummaryItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
FDefaultGroupSummaryItems := nil;
|
||
|
|
FFooterSummaryItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFooterSummaryItems := nil;
|
||
|
|
FSummaryGroups.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSummaryGroups := nil;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataSummary then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DefaultGroupSummaryItems := TcxDataSummary(Source).DefaultGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
FooterSummaryItems := TcxDataSummary(Source).FooterSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
SummaryGroups := TcxDataSummary(Source).SummaryGroups;
|
||
|
|
Options := TcxDataSummary(Source).Options;
|
||
|
|
AssignEvents(Source); // TODO: option?
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
inherited Assign(Source);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.AssignEvents(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxDataSummary then
|
||
|
|
OnAfterSummary := TcxDataSummary(Source).OnAfterSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.BeginCalculate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSetCustomSummary then Exit;
|
||
|
|
CalculateFooterSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.EndCalculate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSetCustomSummary then Exit;
|
||
|
|
CalculateGroupSummary;
|
||
|
|
DoAfterSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.Calculate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginCalculate;
|
||
|
|
EndCalculate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.CalculateFooterSummary;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginCalculateSummary(FooterSummaryItems, ACountValues, ASummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
CalculateSummary(FooterSummaryItems, 0, DataController.DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordCount - 1,
|
||
|
|
ACountValues, ASummaryValues, FFooterSummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
EndCalculateSummary(FooterSummaryItems, ACountValues, ASummaryValues, FFooterSummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.CalculateGroupSummary;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure CalcLevel(ADataGroups: TcxDataGroups; ALevel: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex, AGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
SV: Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems := GroupSummaryItems[ALevel];
|
||
|
|
ACurIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
while ACurIndex < ADataGroups.Count do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroups[ACurIndex].Level = ALevel then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AGroupIndex <> -1 then // close summary
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SV := ADataGroups[AGroupIndex].SummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
EndCalculateSummary(ASummaryItems, ACountValues, ASummaryValues, SV);
|
||
|
|
ADataGroups[AGroupIndex].SummaryValues := SV;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
AGroupIndex := ACurIndex;
|
||
|
|
BeginCalculateSummary(ASummaryItems, ACountValues, ASummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroups[ACurIndex].Level = (ADataGroups.LevelCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SV := ADataGroups[ACurIndex].SummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
CalculateSummary(ASummaryItems, ADataGroups[ACurIndex].BeginRecordListIndex,
|
||
|
|
ADataGroups[ACurIndex].EndRecordListIndex, ACountValues, ASummaryValues,
|
||
|
|
SV);
|
||
|
|
ADataGroups[ACurIndex].SummaryValues := SV;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Inc(ACurIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AGroupIndex <> -1 then // close summary
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SV := ADataGroups[AGroupIndex].SummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
EndCalculateSummary(ASummaryItems, ACountValues, ASummaryValues, SV);
|
||
|
|
ADataGroups[AGroupIndex].SummaryValues := SV;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
CalcLevel(DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups, I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.CancelUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndUpdate; //?
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockCount);
|
||
|
|
Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
DataController.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupSummaryInfo(ARowIndex: Integer; var ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
var ASummaryValues: PVariant): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex, ALevel: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex := DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetIndexByRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := ADataGroupIndex <> -1;
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ALevel := DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups[ADataGroupIndex].Level;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems := GroupSummaryItems[ALevel];
|
||
|
|
ASummaryValues := GetGroupSummaryValues(ADataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := (ASummaryItems <> nil) and (ASummaryValues <> nil) and
|
||
|
|
not VarIsEmpty(ASummaryValues^);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetPatternSummaryItems(APatternSummary: TcxDataSummary;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems): TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryItems = FooterSummaryItems then
|
||
|
|
Result := APatternSummary.FooterSummaryItems
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryItems = DefaultGroupSummaryItems then
|
||
|
|
Result := APatternSummary.DefaultGroupSummaryItems
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := APatternSummary.SummaryGroups[(ASummaryItems.Owner as TcxDataSummaryGroup).Index].SummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.Recalculate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
// BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
// EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.RemoveItemByField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function RemoveInSummaryItems(ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
AItem := ASummaryItems.ItemOfField(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AItem <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
//AItem.Free;
|
||
|
|
AItem.FField := nil;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
until AItem = nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function RemoveInLinks(ALinks: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinks): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AItem: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
AItem := ALinks.ItemOfField(AField);
|
||
|
|
if AItem <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
//AItem.Free;
|
||
|
|
AItem.FField := nil;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
until AItem = nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function RemoveInSummaryGroup(ASummaryGroup: TcxDataSummaryGroup): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if RemoveInSummaryItems(ASummaryGroup.SummaryItems) then
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
if RemoveInLinks(ASummaryGroup.Links) then
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function RemoveInSummaryGroups: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to SummaryGroups.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if RemoveInSummaryGroup(SummaryGroups[I]) then
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
AChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if RemoveInSummaryItems(FooterSummaryItems) then
|
||
|
|
AChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
if RemoveInSummaryItems(DefaultGroupSummaryItems) then
|
||
|
|
AChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
if RemoveInSummaryGroups then
|
||
|
|
AChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
if AChanged then
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
CancelUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.BeginCalculateSummary(ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
var ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues; var ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetLength(ASummaryValues, 0); // Clear
|
||
|
|
SetLength(ACountValues, 0); // Clear
|
||
|
|
SetLength(ASummaryValues, ASummaryItems.Count);
|
||
|
|
SetLength(ACountValues, ASummaryItems.Count); // for Average
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ASummaryItems.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
ACountValues[I] := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.CalculateSummary(ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
ABeginIndex, AEndIndex: Integer; var ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues;
|
||
|
|
var ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues; var SummaryValues: Variant);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J, ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := ABeginIndex to AEndIndex do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := GetRecordIndex(I);
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to ASummaryItems.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
DoSummaryValue(ASummaryItems[J], ARecordIndex, ASummaryValues[J], ACountValues[J]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.Changed(ARedrawOnly: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FInAfterSummary then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if LockCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
Update(ARedrawOnly);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.DoAfterSummary;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnAfterSummary) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsLoading then
|
||
|
|
DataController.FAfterSummaryFlag := True
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FAfterSummaryFlag := False;
|
||
|
|
FInAfterSummary := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.IsPattern and not DataController.LockOnAfterSummary then
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterSummary(Self);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInAfterSummary := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.DoFinishSummaryValue(ASummaryItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
var SummaryValue: Variant; var CountValue: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AVarIsDate: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not ASummaryItem.IsDataBinded then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if VarIsEmpty(SummaryValue) then
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := Null;
|
||
|
|
case ASummaryItem.Kind of
|
||
|
|
skCount:
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := CountValue;
|
||
|
|
skAverage:
|
||
|
|
if (CountValue > 0) and not VarIsEmpty(SummaryValue) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AVarIsDate := VarIsDate(SummaryValue);
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := SummaryValue / CountValue;
|
||
|
|
if AVarIsDate then
|
||
|
|
VarCast(SummaryValue, SummaryValue, varDate); // WORKAROUND
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.DoSummaryValue(ASummaryItem: TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer; var SummaryValue: Variant; var CountValue: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AArguments: TcxSummaryEventArguments;
|
||
|
|
AOutArguments: TcxSummaryEventOutArguments;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not ASummaryItem.IsDataBinded then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryItem.DataField <> nil then
|
||
|
|
AOutArguments.Value := DataController.GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, ASummaryItem.DataField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
AOutArguments.Value := Null;
|
||
|
|
AOutArguments.Done := False;
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ASummaryItem.SummaryItems.FOnSummary) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AArguments.RecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
AArguments.SummaryItem := ASummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
AOutArguments.SummaryValue := SummaryValue;
|
||
|
|
AOutArguments.CountValue := CountValue;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItem.SummaryItems.FOnSummary(ASummaryItem.SummaryItems,
|
||
|
|
AArguments, AOutArguments);
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := AOutArguments.SummaryValue;
|
||
|
|
CountValue := AOutArguments.CountValue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if not AOutArguments.Done and (ASummaryItem.Kind <> skNone) and
|
||
|
|
not ((soNullIgnore in Options) and VarIsNull(AOutArguments.Value)) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if VarIsEmpty(SummaryValue) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryItem.Kind <> skCount then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not (VarIsNull(AOutArguments.Value) and (ASummaryItem.Kind in [skMin, skMax])) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := AOutArguments.Value;
|
||
|
|
if VarIsNull(SummaryValue) and (ASummaryItem.Kind in [skSum, skAverage]) then
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if not VarIsNull(AOutArguments.Value) and not VarIsNull(SummaryValue) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
case ASummaryItem.Kind of
|
||
|
|
skSum, skAverage:
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := SummaryValue + AOutArguments.Value;
|
||
|
|
skMin:
|
||
|
|
if AOutArguments.Value < SummaryValue then
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := AOutArguments.Value;
|
||
|
|
skMax:
|
||
|
|
if AOutArguments.Value > SummaryValue then
|
||
|
|
SummaryValue := AOutArguments.Value;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Inc(CountValue);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.EndCalculateSummary(ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
var ACountValues: TcxDataSummaryCountValues; var ASummaryValues: TcxDataSummaryValues;
|
||
|
|
var SummaryValues: Variant);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to ASummaryItems.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
DoFinishSummaryValue(ASummaryItems[J], ASummaryValues[J], ACountValues[J]);
|
||
|
|
// {$IFDEF DELPHI5}
|
||
|
|
// SummaryValues := Variant(ASummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
// {$ELSE}
|
||
|
|
if Length(ASummaryValues) = 0 then
|
||
|
|
SummaryValues := Null
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
SummaryValues := Variant(ASummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
// {$ENDIF}
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupSummaryValues(ADataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex): PVariant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroupIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := @DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups[ADataGroupIndex].SummaryValues
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetOwner: TPersistent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetRecordIndex(ARecordListIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordIndex(ARecordListIndex);
|
||
|
|
if DataController.DataControllerInfo.IsSummaryForSelectedRecords then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsFocusedSelectedMode then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Result <> DataController.DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if not DataController.DataControllerInfo.Selection.IsRecordSelected(Result) then
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetSummaryItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetSummaryItemClass;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetSummaryGroupItemLinkClass: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinkClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.GetSummaryGroupItemLinkClass;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.IsValidSummaryValuesIndex(const ASummaryValues: Variant;
|
||
|
|
AIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := VarIsArray(ASummaryValues) and
|
||
|
|
(VarArrayLowBound(ASummaryValues, 1) <= AIndex) and
|
||
|
|
(AIndex <= VarArrayHighBound(ASummaryValues, 1));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.Update(ARedrawOnly: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not FDestroying then
|
||
|
|
DataController.SummaryChanged(ARedrawOnly);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetFooterSummaryValue(Index: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
if IsValidSummaryValuesIndex(FFooterSummaryValues, Index) then
|
||
|
|
Result := FFooterSummaryValues[Index];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetFooterSummaryText(Index: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FooterSummaryItems[Index].FormatValue(FooterSummaryValues[Index], True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupSummaryItems(Level: Integer): TcxDataGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASummaryGroup: TcxDataSummaryGroup;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= Level) and (Level < DataController.DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList.Count) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASummaryGroup := SummaryGroups.FindByItemLink(DataController.DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList[Level].Field.Item);
|
||
|
|
// ASummaryGroup := SummaryGroups.FindByItemLink(DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.Fields[Level].Item);
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryGroup <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := ASummaryGroup.SummaryItems
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DefaultGroupSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupSummaryText(RowIndex: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues: PVariant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetGroupSummaryInfo(RowIndex, ASummaryItems, PSummaryValues) then
|
||
|
|
Result := ASummaryItems.GetGroupText(PSummaryValues^)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupSummaryDisplayValue(RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex := DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetIndexByRowIndexLevel(RowIndex, Level);
|
||
|
|
Result := GroupSummaryValues[ADataGroupIndex, Index];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupSummaryValue(DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
Index: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues: PVariant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues := GetGroupSummaryValues(DataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
if (PSummaryValues <> nil) and IsValidSummaryValuesIndex(PSummaryValues^, Index) then
|
||
|
|
Result := PSummaryValues^[Index]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupFooterIndexOfItemLink(Level: Integer; ItemLink: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems := GroupSummaryItems[Level];
|
||
|
|
if ASummaryItems <> nil then
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ASummaryItems.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if (ASummaryItems[I].Position = spFooter) and (ASummaryItems[I].ItemLink = ItemLink) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetGroupFooterSummaryText(RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems: TcxDataSummaryItems;
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues: PVariant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex := DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetIndexByRowIndexLevel(RowIndex, Level);
|
||
|
|
if ADataGroupIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASummaryItems := GroupSummaryItems[Level];
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues := GetGroupSummaryValues(ADataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
if (ASummaryItems <> nil) and (PSummaryValues <> nil) and
|
||
|
|
IsValidSummaryValuesIndex(PSummaryValues^, Index) then
|
||
|
|
Result := ASummaryItems[Index].FormatValue(PSummaryValues^[Index], True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataSummary.GetOptions: TcxSummaryOptions;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FOptions;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.SetDefaultGroupSummaryItems(Value: TcxDataGroupSummaryItems);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDefaultGroupSummaryItems.Assign(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.SetFooterSummaryItems(Value: TcxDataFooterSummaryItems);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFooterSummaryItems.Assign(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.SetFooterSummaryValue(Index: Integer; Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FooterSummaryValues[Index] <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsValidSummaryValuesIndex(FFooterSummaryValues, Index) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSetCustomSummary := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
FFooterSummaryValues[Index] := Value;
|
||
|
|
Changed(True);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FSetCustomSummary := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.SetGroupSummaryDisplayValue(RowIndex, Level, Index: Integer; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataGroupIndex := DataController.DataControllerInfo.DataGroups.GetIndexByRowIndexLevel(RowIndex, Level);
|
||
|
|
GroupSummaryValues[ADataGroupIndex, Index] := Value;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.SetGroupSummaryValue(DataGroupIndex: TcxDataGroupIndex;
|
||
|
|
Index: Integer; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues: PVariant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetGroupSummaryValue(DataGroupIndex, Index) <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues := GetGroupSummaryValues(DataGroupIndex);
|
||
|
|
if (PSummaryValues <> nil) and IsValidSummaryValuesIndex(PSummaryValues^, Index) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSetCustomSummary := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
PSummaryValues^[Index] := Value;
|
||
|
|
Changed(True);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FSetCustomSummary := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.SetOptions(Value: TcxSummaryOptions);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FOptions <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// only one: soSelectedRecords or soSelections
|
||
|
|
if Value * [soSelectedRecords, soMultipleSelectedRecords] = [soSelectedRecords, soMultipleSelectedRecords] then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if soMultipleSelectedRecords in FOptions then
|
||
|
|
Value := Value - [soMultipleSelectedRecords]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Value := Value - [soSelectedRecords];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FOptions := Value;
|
||
|
|
Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataSummary.SetSummaryGroups(Value: TcxDataSummaryGroups);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SummaryGroups.Assign(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataControllerSearch }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataControllerSearch.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerSearch.Cancel;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Locked then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FIncrementalSearching then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FIncrementalSearchText := '';
|
||
|
|
DataController.FIncrementalSearching := False;
|
||
|
|
DataController.Change([dccSearch]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerSearch.Locate(AItemIndex: Integer; const ASubText: string): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFilteredRecordIndex, AStartFilteredRecordIndex, AEndFilteredRecordIndex, AFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if (ASubText = '') or (DataController.FilteredRecordCount = 0) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
ItemIndex := AItemIndex;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.DoSearchInGridMode(ASubText, True, False)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRecordIndex := DataController.GetFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if AFocusedRecordIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
AStartFilteredRecordIndex := 0
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
AStartFilteredRecordIndex := DataController.FilteredIndexByRecordIndex[AFocusedRecordIndex];
|
||
|
|
AFilteredRecordIndex := DoSearch(AStartFilteredRecordIndex, -1, ASubText, True);
|
||
|
|
if AFilteredRecordIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AEndFilteredRecordIndex := AStartFilteredRecordIndex - 1;
|
||
|
|
AStartFilteredRecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
AFilteredRecordIndex := DoSearch(AStartFilteredRecordIndex, AEndFilteredRecordIndex, ASubText, True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AFilteredRecordIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DoFocusedRecord(AFilteredRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.FIncrementalSearching := True;
|
||
|
|
DataController.FIncrementalSearchText := ASubText;
|
||
|
|
DataController.Change([dccSearch]);
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckFocusedSelected;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerSearch.LocateNext(AForward: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFilteredRecordIndex, AFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if not Searching or (SearchText = '') or (ItemIndex = -1) or
|
||
|
|
(DataController.FilteredRecordCount = 0) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.DoSearchInGridMode(SearchText, AForward, True)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRecordIndex := DataController.GetFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if AFocusedRecordIndex < 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if AForward then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFilteredRecordIndex := DataController.FilteredIndexByRecordIndex[AFocusedRecordIndex] + 1;
|
||
|
|
if AFilteredRecordIndex >= DataController.FilteredRecordCount then Exit;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFilteredRecordIndex := DataController.FilteredIndexByRecordIndex[AFocusedRecordIndex] - 1;
|
||
|
|
if AFilteredRecordIndex < 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
AFilteredRecordIndex := DoSearch(AFilteredRecordIndex, -1, SearchText, AForward);
|
||
|
|
if AFilteredRecordIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DoFocusedRecord(AFilteredRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckFocusedSelected;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerSearch.Lock;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FLocked := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerSearch.Unlock;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FLocked := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerSearch.DoFocusedRecord(AFilteredRecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRecordIndex := DataController.FilteredRecordIndex[AFilteredRecordIndex];
|
||
|
|
Lock;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DataController.ChangeFocusedRecordIndex(AFocusedRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataController.SyncSelectionFocusedRecord;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
Unlock;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerSearch.DoSearch(AStartFilteredRecordIndex, AEndFilteredRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
const ASubText: string; AForward: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, ARecordIndex, AFieldIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
S: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if AEndFilteredRecordIndex = -1 then // auto
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AForward then
|
||
|
|
AEndFilteredRecordIndex := DataController.FilteredRecordCount - 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
AEndFilteredRecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
AFieldIndex := DataController.FIncrementalSearchField.Index;
|
||
|
|
I := AStartFilteredRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
while (AForward and (I <= AEndFilteredRecordIndex)) or
|
||
|
|
(not AForward and (I >= AEndFilteredRecordIndex)) do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataController.FilteredRecordIndex[I];
|
||
|
|
S := DataController.GetIncrementalSearchText(ARecordIndex, AFieldIndex);
|
||
|
|
if DataCompareText(S, ASubText, True) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AForward then
|
||
|
|
Inc(I)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Dec(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerSearch.GetItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataController.FIncrementalSearchField <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.FIncrementalSearchField.Index
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerSearch.GetSearching: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.FIncrementalSearching;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerSearch.GetSearchText: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataController.FIncrementalSearchText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerSearch.SetItemIndex(const Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataController.CheckItemRange(Value);
|
||
|
|
DataController.FIncrementalSearchField := DataController.Fields[Value];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxFocusedRecordChangedInfo }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxFocusedRecordChangedInfo.Create(APrevFocusedRecordIndex, AFocusedRecordIndex,
|
||
|
|
APrevFocusedRowIndex, AFocusedRowIndex: Integer; ANewItemRowFocusingChanged: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FFocusedRecordIndex := APrevFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusedRecordIndex := AFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusedRowIndex := APrevFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
FFocusedRowIndex := AFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRowFocusingChanged := ANewItemRowFocusingChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxFocusedRowChangedInfo }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxFocusedRowChangedInfo.Create(APrevFocusedRowIndex, AFocusedRowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FFocusedRowIndex := AFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
FPrevFocusedRowIndex := APrevFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxUpdateRecordInfo }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxUpdateRecordInfo.Create(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxSelectionChangedInfo }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxSelectionChangedInfo.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FRowIndexes := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxSelectionChangedInfo.CreateEx(ARowIndex1, ARowIndex2: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Create;
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex1 <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
FRowIndexes.Add(Pointer(ARowIndex1));
|
||
|
|
if (ARowIndex2 <> -1) and (ARowIndex2 <> ARowIndex1) then
|
||
|
|
FRowIndexes.Add(Pointer(ARowIndex2));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxSelectionChangedInfo.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRowIndexes.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSelectionChangedInfo.GetCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FRowIndexes.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSelectionChangedInfo.GetRowIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Integer(FRowIndexes[Index]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataControllerLocateObject }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataControllerLocateObject.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataControllerLocateObject.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerLocateObject.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FInternalRecordIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataController.DataStorage.DeleteRecord(FInternalRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
FInternalRecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerLocateObject.ReadData(AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FInternalRecordIndex = 0 then
|
||
|
|
FInternalRecordIndex := FDataController.DataStorage.AddInternalRecord;
|
||
|
|
FDataController.BeginReadRecord;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
FDataController.DataStorage.ReadRecord(FInternalRecordIndex, AValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FDataController.EndReadRecord;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataControllerKeyLocateObject }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataControllerKeyLocateObject.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
FFields := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataControllerKeyLocateObject.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerKeyLocateObject.AddField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Add(AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerKeyLocateObject.ClearFields;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFields.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerKeyLocateObject.FindRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if InternalRecordIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataController.FindRecordByFields(InternalRecordIndex, FFields)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(ADataController);
|
||
|
|
FFields := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FFindGroupRecordEnabled := True;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataController.Groups.GroupingItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := DataController.Fields[DataController.Groups.GroupingItemIndex[I]];
|
||
|
|
FFields.Add(AField);
|
||
|
|
if DataController.IsSortByDisplayTextNeeded(AField) then
|
||
|
|
FFindGroupRecordEnabled := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FFindFields := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
CorrectFindFields;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFindFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject.FindRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if InternalRecordIndex < 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FFindGroupRecordEnabled then
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataController.FindGroupRecord(InternalRecordIndex, Level + 1)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataController.FInternalFindRecord := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataController.FindRecordByFields(InternalRecordIndex, FFindFields);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FDataController.FInternalFindRecord := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject.CorrectFindFields;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not FFindGroupRecordEnabled then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ListSetCount(FFindFields, Level + 1);
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FFindFields.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
FFindFields[I] := FFields[I];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerGroupLocateObject.SetLevel(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FLevel <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FLevel := Value;
|
||
|
|
CorrectFindFields;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxValueDefUnboundReader }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxValueDefUnboundReader.Create;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FItems := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FValues := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxValueDefUnboundReader.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Clear;
|
||
|
|
FValues.Free;
|
||
|
|
FItems.Free;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxValueDefUnboundReader.Clear;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Truncate(0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxValueDefUnboundReader.GetValue(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
P: PVariant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AValueDef is TcxInternalValueDef then
|
||
|
|
AValueDef := TcxInternalValueDef(AValueDef).GetValueDef;
|
||
|
|
I := FItems.IndexOf(AValueDef);
|
||
|
|
if I <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
P := PVariant(FValues[I]);
|
||
|
|
if P <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := P^
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxValueDefUnboundReader.IsInternal(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsValueDefInternal(AValueDef);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxValueDefUnboundReader.SetValue(AValueDef: TcxValueDef; const AValue: Variant);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
P: PVariant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := FItems.IndexOf(AValueDef);
|
||
|
|
if I = -1 then
|
||
|
|
I := FItems.Add(AValueDef);
|
||
|
|
while FValues.Count < FItems.Count do
|
||
|
|
FValues.Add(nil);
|
||
|
|
P := PVariant(FValues[I]);
|
||
|
|
if P = nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
New(P);
|
||
|
|
FValues[I] := P;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
P^ := AValue;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxValueDefUnboundReader.Truncate(AItemCount: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := FValues.Count - 1 downto AItemCount do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if PVariant(FValues[I]) <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Dispose(PVariant(FValues[I]));
|
||
|
|
FValues.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxValueDefRecordReader }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxValueDefRecordReader.Create(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
FRecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxValueDefRecordReader.GetDisplayText(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): string;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := AValueDef.LinkObject as TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
if not AField.IsInternal then
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataController.GetInternalDisplayText(FRecordIndex, AField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxValueDefRecordReader.GetValue(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := AValueDef.LinkObject as TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
// if not AField.IsInternal then
|
||
|
|
// Result := FDataController.GetInternalValue(FRecordIndex, AField)
|
||
|
|
// else
|
||
|
|
// Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataController.GetInternalValue(FRecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxValueDefRecordReader.IsInternal(AValueDef: TcxValueDef): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsValueDefInternal(AValueDef);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxDataControllerNotifier }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxDataControllerNotifier.Create(AOwner: TComponent; ADataController: TcxCustomDataController);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create(AOwner);
|
||
|
|
FDataController := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxDataControllerNotifier.Notification(AComponent: TComponent; Operation: TOperation);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Notification(AComponent, Operation);
|
||
|
|
if (Operation = opRemove) and
|
||
|
|
not ((AComponent = Self) and (csDestroying in ComponentState)) then
|
||
|
|
DataController.RemoveNotification(AComponent);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxSortingBySummaryEngine }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxSortingBySummaryEngine.Create(ADataControllerInfo: TcxCustomDataControllerInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataControllerInfo := ADataControllerInfo;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxSortingBySummaryEngine.GetDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataControllerInfo.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ TcxCustomDataController }
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
constructor TcxCustomDataController.Create(AOwner: TComponent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited Create;
|
||
|
|
FOwner := AOwner;
|
||
|
|
FFocusedSelected := True;
|
||
|
|
FOptions := [dcoAssignGroupingValues, dcoAssignMasterDetailKeys, dcoSaveExpanding];
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedListeners := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FDataStorage := TcxDataStorage.Create;
|
||
|
|
FGroups := TcxDataControllerGroups.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FFields := TcxCustomDataFieldList.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FFilters := TcxDataFilterList.Create;
|
||
|
|
FFilter := GetFilterCriteriaClass.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FSearch := GetSearchClass.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FSummary := GetSummaryClass.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FProvider := GetDataProviderClass.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FDataControllerInfo := TcxCustomDataControllerInfo.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FMasterRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
FBookmarkRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
FNearestRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
ResetDataChangeInfo;
|
||
|
|
FNotifier := TcxDataControllerNotifier.Create(nil, Self);
|
||
|
|
FDataStorage.OnClearInternalRecords := DataStorageClearInternalRecords;
|
||
|
|
UpdateUseRecordIDState;
|
||
|
|
FListenerLinks := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
destructor TcxCustomDataController.Destroy;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Destroying; // for CLR
|
||
|
|
FNotifier.Free;
|
||
|
|
FNotifier := nil;
|
||
|
|
FRelations.Free;
|
||
|
|
FRelations := nil;
|
||
|
|
FDataControllerInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSummary.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSummary := nil;
|
||
|
|
FFilter.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFilter := nil;
|
||
|
|
FFilters.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFilters := nil;
|
||
|
|
FDataStorage.Clear(False);
|
||
|
|
FGroups.Free;
|
||
|
|
FFields.Free;
|
||
|
|
FDataStorage.Free;
|
||
|
|
FProvider.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSearch.Free;
|
||
|
|
ClearDataChangedListeners;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedListeners.Free;
|
||
|
|
NotifyListenerLinks;
|
||
|
|
FListenerLinks.Free;
|
||
|
|
FListenerLinks := nil;
|
||
|
|
inherited Destroy;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Assign(Source: TPersistent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Source is TcxCustomDataController then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Options := TcxCustomDataController(Source).Options;
|
||
|
|
Filter := TcxCustomDataController(Source).Filter;
|
||
|
|
Summary := TcxCustomDataController(Source).Summary;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
OnAfterCancel := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnAfterCancel;
|
||
|
|
OnAfterDelete := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnAfterDelete;
|
||
|
|
OnAfterInsert := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnAfterInsert;
|
||
|
|
OnAfterPost := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnAfterPost;
|
||
|
|
OnBeforeCancel := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnBeforeCancel;
|
||
|
|
OnBeforeDelete := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnBeforeDelete;
|
||
|
|
OnBeforeInsert := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnBeforeInsert;
|
||
|
|
OnBeforePost := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnBeforePost;
|
||
|
|
OnFilterRecord := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnFilterRecord;
|
||
|
|
OnNewRecord := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnNewRecord;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
OnCompare := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnCompare;
|
||
|
|
OnDataChanged := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnDataChanged;
|
||
|
|
OnDetailCollapsing := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnDetailCollapsing;
|
||
|
|
OnDetailCollapsed := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnDetailCollapsed;
|
||
|
|
OnDetailExpanding := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnDetailExpanding;
|
||
|
|
OnDetailExpanded := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnDetailExpanded;
|
||
|
|
OnGroupingChanged := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnGroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
OnRecordChanged := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnRecordChanged;
|
||
|
|
OnSortingChanged := TcxCustomDataController(Source).OnSortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
inherited Assign(Source);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeforeDestruction;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
inherited BeforeDestruction;
|
||
|
|
FDestroying := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Destroying;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetOwner: TPersistent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FOwner;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeginUpdateFields;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLockUpdateFieldsCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.EndUpdateFields;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockUpdateFieldsCount);
|
||
|
|
if (FLockUpdateFieldsCount = 0) and FUpdateFieldsFlag then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FUpdateFieldsFlag := False;
|
||
|
|
LayoutChanged([lcStructure]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SaveKeys;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSaveObjectLockCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
FSaveObject := TcxSaveObject.Create;
|
||
|
|
TcxSaveObject(FSaveObject).Save(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Inc(FSaveObjectLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RestoreKeys;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FSaveObjectLockCount);
|
||
|
|
if FSaveObjectLockCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
TcxSaveObject(FSaveObject).Restore(Self);
|
||
|
|
FSaveObject.Free;
|
||
|
|
FSaveObject := nil;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CreateFilter: TcxDataFilterCriteria;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFilterCriteriaClass.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
FFilters.Add(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.AddItem(AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (AItem <> nil) and (Fields.FieldByItem(AItem) <> nil) then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataItemExistError);
|
||
|
|
Result := AddField;
|
||
|
|
Result.Item := AItem;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.ItemPropertiesChanged(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (AItemIndex = -1) or (GetItemSortOrder(AItemIndex) <> soNone);
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
Refresh;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Loaded;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FDataChangedFlag then
|
||
|
|
DoDataChanged;
|
||
|
|
if FAfterSummaryFlag then
|
||
|
|
Summary.DoAfterSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RemoveItem(AItem: TObject);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := Fields.FieldByItem(AItem);
|
||
|
|
if AField <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.RemoveField(AField);
|
||
|
|
AField.Free;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateItemIndexes;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := Fields.FieldByItem(GetItem(I));
|
||
|
|
AField.Index := I;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccLayout]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateItems(AUpdateFields: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FUpdateItems then Exit;
|
||
|
|
FUpdateItems := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if LockCount <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
FStructureChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderDataSource then
|
||
|
|
UpdateStorage(AUpdateFields);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FUpdateItems := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.ExecuteAction(Action: TBasicAction): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.UpdateAction(Action: TBasicAction): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Data Changed notify
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.AddDataChangedListener(AInstance: TObject;
|
||
|
|
ADataChangedEvent: TNotifyEvent);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
E: TNotifyEventItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
E := TNotifyEventItem.Create;
|
||
|
|
E.Instance := AInstance;
|
||
|
|
E.Event := ADataChangedEvent;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedListeners.Add(E);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RemoveDataChangedListener(AInstance: TObject;
|
||
|
|
ADataChangedEvent: TNotifyEvent);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
E: TNotifyEventItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FDataChangedListeners.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
E := TNotifyEventItem(FDataChangedListeners[I]);
|
||
|
|
if (E.Instance = AInstance) and (@E.Event = @ADataChangedEvent) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
E.Free;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedListeners.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.AddDataChangeRefCount;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FDataChangeRefCount);
|
||
|
|
IsPattern := FIsPatternSave;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RemoveDataChangeRefCount;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FDataChangeRefCount);
|
||
|
|
IsPattern := FIsPatternSave;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.DataChangedNotifyLocked: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FDataChangedLockCount <> 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDataLoading: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (Provider <> nil) and (Provider.LockCount <> 0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.LockDataChangedNotify;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FDataChangedLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UnlockDataChangedNotify;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Dec(FDataChangedLockCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.LockGridModeNotify;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Inc(FLockGridModeNotifyCount);
|
||
|
|
Provider.BeginLocate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UnlockGridModeNotify;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.EndLocate;
|
||
|
|
Dec(FLockGridModeNotifyCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Structure
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeNeedConversion(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ANeedConversion: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if GetItemNeedConversion(AItemIndex) <> ANeedConversion then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Fields[AItemIndex].NeedConversion := ANeedConversion;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.UpdateField(Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeTextStored(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ATextStored: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if GetItemTextStored(AItemIndex) <> ATextStored then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Fields[AItemIndex].TextStored := ATextStored;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.UpdateField(Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeValueTypeClass(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AValueTypeClass: TcxValueTypeClass);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if GetItemValueTypeClass(AItemIndex) <> AValueTypeClass then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Fields[AItemIndex].ValueTypeClass := AValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
RestructData;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.UpdateField(Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
DoValueTypeClassChanged(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Fields.ItemCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemNeedConversion(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemTextStored(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := Fields[AItemIndex].TextStored;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemValueTypeClass(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := Fields[AItemIndex].ValueTypeClass;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDisplayFormatDefined(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AIgnoreSimpleCurrency: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetItemTextStored(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Data
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.AppendRecord: Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function DataStorageAppendRecord: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorage.AppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcNew, -1, -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsSmartLoad then
|
||
|
|
Result := AppendInSmartLoad
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.AppendRecord
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorageAppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure DataStorageDeleteRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
CorrectAfterDelete(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
CheckSelectedCount(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
CheckInternalRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcDeleted, -1, -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if IsSmartLoad and FInSmartLoad then
|
||
|
|
DeleteInSmartLoad(ARecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider.EditingRecordIndex = ARecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
Provider.FEditingRecordIndex := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode and (ARecordIndex >= 0) then
|
||
|
|
Provider.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DataStorageDeleteRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetGroupValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.GetGroupValues(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AValues: TcxDataSummaryValues);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// Clear
|
||
|
|
SetLength(AValues, 0);
|
||
|
|
SetLength(AValues, Groups.GroupingItemCount);
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Groups.GroupingItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
AValues[I] := Null;
|
||
|
|
// Load Values
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= ARecordIndex) and (ARecordIndex < RecordCount) then
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Groups.GroupingItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
AValues[I] := GetGroupValue(ARecordIndex, Fields[Groups.GroupingItemIndex[I]]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRange(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := GetInternalDisplayText(ARecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
{ if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetRecordCount
|
||
|
|
else}
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorage.RecordCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRecordId(ARecordIndex: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not ((0 <= ARecordIndex) and (ARecordIndex < RecordCount)) then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataRecordIndexError);
|
||
|
|
if IsRecordID then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorage.GetRecordID(ARecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode and Provider.IsRecordIdSupported then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetRecordId(ARecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetValue(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRange(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.InsertRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function DataStorageInsertRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.InsertRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
CorrectAfterInsert(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcNew, -1, -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ARecordIndex < 0) or (ARecordIndex > RecordCount) then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataRecordIndexError);
|
||
|
|
if IsSmartLoad then
|
||
|
|
Result := AppendInSmartLoad
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.InsertRecord(ARecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorageInsertRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Refresh;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.Refresh;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
const Value: string);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then Exit;
|
||
|
|
CheckRange(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode and (ARecordIndex >= 0) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.SetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex], Value);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcField, AItemIndex, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Fields[AItemIndex].ValueDef <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.SetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex].ValueDef, Value);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcField, AItemIndex, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetRecordCount(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure SetDataStorageRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
const
|
||
|
|
DataChangeA: array[Boolean] of TcxDataChange = (dcDeleted , dcNew);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
PrevRecordCount, RealRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
PrevRecordCount := DataStorage.RecordCount;
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.RecordCount := Value;
|
||
|
|
RealRecordCount := DataStorage.RecordCount;
|
||
|
|
if RealRecordCount <> PrevRecordCount then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckSelectedCount(-1);
|
||
|
|
CheckEditingRecordIndex(-1);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(DataChangeA[RealRecordCount > PrevRecordCount], -1, -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if Value < 0 then Value := 0;
|
||
|
|
if RecordCount <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.SetRecordCount(Value)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
SetDataStorageRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetValue(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then Exit;
|
||
|
|
CheckRange(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode and (ARecordIndex >= 0) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.SetValue(ARecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex], Value);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcField, AItemIndex, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Fields[AItemIndex].ValueDef <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetStoredValue(ARecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex], Value);
|
||
|
|
// DataStorage.SetValue(ARecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex].ValueDef, Value);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcField, AItemIndex, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SortByDisplayTextChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// if dcoSortByDisplayText in Options then
|
||
|
|
Refresh;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Data Editing
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Append;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider.CanAppend then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Append;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Cancel;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
APrevRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FInCancel then Exit;
|
||
|
|
FInCancel := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
APrevRowIndex := FocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsEditing then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Cancel;
|
||
|
|
if APrevRowIndex > (GetRowCount - 1) then
|
||
|
|
APrevRowIndex := (GetRowCount - 1);
|
||
|
|
if not DataControllerInfo.FInCanFocusedRowChanging then
|
||
|
|
FocusedRowIndex := APrevRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInCancel := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CanInitEditing(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if (Provider.CanModify or Fields[AItemIndex].IsUnbound) and
|
||
|
|
Fields[AItemIndex].CanModify(GetItemValueSource(AItemIndex)) then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.CanInitEditing(EditingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckBrowseMode;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DeleteFocused;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AList: TList;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := GetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if (ARowIndex <> -1) and Provider.CanDelete then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.BeginDeleting;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).Level < Groups.LevelCount then // It's Group Row
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AList := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Groups.LoadRecordIndexesByRowIndex(AList, ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
DeleteRecords(AList);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AList.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DeleteFocusedRecord;
|
||
|
|
ClearSelection; // !!!
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
Provider.EndDeleting;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DeleteSelection;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (GetSelectedCount > 0) and Provider.CanDelete then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.BeginDeleting;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if IsFocusedSelectedMode then
|
||
|
|
DeleteFocusedRecord
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Provider.DeleteSelection;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
Provider.EndDeleting;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Edit;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider.CanModify then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Edit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.FocusControl(AItemIndex: Integer; var Done: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Done := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetEditValue(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if UseNewItemRowForEditing and NewItemRowFocused and not Provider.IsEditing then
|
||
|
|
Result := Null
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetEditValue(EditingRecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex], AEditValueSource);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemValueSource(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxDataEditValueSource;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := evsText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Insert;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider.CanInsert then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Insert;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Post;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ALink: TcxDataListenerLink;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ALink := AddListenerLink(Self);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
FCheckFocusingAfterFilterNeeded := True;
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsEditing then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Post;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
if ALink.Ref <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Provider.FInsertedRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
RemoveListenerLink(ALink);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.PostEditingData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.PostEditingData;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RefreshExternalData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.SetEditValue(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
const AValue: Variant; AEditValueSource: TcxDataEditValueSource): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if CanInitEditing(AItemIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.SetEditValue(EditingRecordIndex, Fields[AItemIndex], AValue, AEditValueSource)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
// Immediate Post
|
||
|
|
if Result and IsImmediatePost then
|
||
|
|
Post;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// New Item Row
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetEditingRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider.FEditingRecordIndex <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.FEditingRecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := CalcEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetNewItemRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FNewItemRecordIndex = 0 then
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRecordIndex := DataStorage.AddInternalRecord;
|
||
|
|
Result := FNewItemRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Data Save/Load
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.LoadFromStream(AStream: TStream);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
S: string;
|
||
|
|
I, AValueCount, ADataValueCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AValueDef: TcxValueDef;
|
||
|
|
AReader: TcxReader;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataProviderModeError);
|
||
|
|
AReader := TcxReader.Create(AStream);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
S := AReader.ReadString;
|
||
|
|
if S <> stDataControllerSignature then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataInvalidStreamFormat);
|
||
|
|
// ValueCount
|
||
|
|
AValueCount := AReader.ReadInteger;
|
||
|
|
// ValueDefs
|
||
|
|
// if AValueCount > 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataValueCount := 0;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.ValueDefs.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValueDef := DataStorage.ValueDefs[I];
|
||
|
|
AValueDef.StreamStored := not IsValueDefInternal(AValueDef);
|
||
|
|
if AValueDef.StreamStored then
|
||
|
|
Inc(ADataValueCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if ADataValueCount <> AValueCount then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataInvalidStreamFormat);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.BeginStreaming(CompareByLinkObject);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
// ValueDefs
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.ValueDefs.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValueDef := DataStorage.ValueDefs[I];
|
||
|
|
if AValueDef.StreamStored then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ReadStringProc(AStream, S);
|
||
|
|
if AValueDef.ValueTypeClass.ClassName <> S then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataInvalidStreamFormat);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
// RecordCount
|
||
|
|
RecordCount := AReader.ReadInteger;
|
||
|
|
// Records
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.ReadData(I, AStream);
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.Refresh;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.EndStreaming;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AReader.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SaveToStream(AStream: TStream);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, AValueCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AValueDef: TcxValueDef;
|
||
|
|
AWriter: TcxWriter;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AWriter := TcxWriter.Create(AStream);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
AWriter.WriteString(stDataControllerSignature);
|
||
|
|
// ValueCount
|
||
|
|
AValueCount := 0;
|
||
|
|
if not IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.ValueDefs.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValueDef := DataStorage.ValueDefs[I];
|
||
|
|
AValueDef.StreamStored := not IsValueDefInternal(AValueDef);
|
||
|
|
if AValueDef.StreamStored then
|
||
|
|
Inc(AValueCount);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
AWriter.WriteInteger(AValueCount);
|
||
|
|
// if AValueCount > 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.BeginStreaming(CompareByLinkObject);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
// ValueDefs
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.ValueDefs.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValueDef := DataStorage.ValueDefs[I];
|
||
|
|
if AValueDef.StreamStored then
|
||
|
|
AWriter.WriteString(AValueDef.ValueTypeClass.ClassName);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// RecordCount
|
||
|
|
AWriter.WriteInteger(RecordCount);
|
||
|
|
// Records
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.WriteData(I, AStream);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.EndStreaming;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AWriter.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Master-Detail: Relations
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetMasterDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AMasterRelation := GetMasterRelation;
|
||
|
|
if AMasterRelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := AMasterRelation.DataController
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetMasterRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FMasterRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FMasterRelation;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetPatternDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function FindByItem(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController; AItem: TObject): TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARelation := ADataController.Relations.FindByItem(AItem);
|
||
|
|
if ARelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := ARelation.DetailDataController
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ADataController.Relations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if ADataController.Relations[I].DetailDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FindByItem(ADataController.Relations[I].DetailDataController, AItem);
|
||
|
|
if Result <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FMasterRelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := FindByItem(GetRootDataController, FMasterRelation.Item)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Self;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRootDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Self;
|
||
|
|
while Result.FMasterRelation <> nil do
|
||
|
|
Result := Result.FMasterRelation.DataController;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDetailMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (FMasterRelation <> nil);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CreateDetailLinkObject(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation; ARecordIndex: Integer): TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.FocusDetails(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Relations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(ARecordIndex, I) and
|
||
|
|
(GetDetailActiveRelationIndex(ARecordIndex) = I) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataController := GetDetailDataController(ARecordIndex, I);
|
||
|
|
ADataController.CheckFocusedRow;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDetailDataControllerByLinkObject(ALinkObject: TObject): TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Master-Detail: Grid Notifications
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ResetRelationByItem(AItem: TObject);
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure FindAndReset(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController); // TODO: ref FindAndReset + FindAndRemove
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
with ADataController do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARelation := Relations.FindByItem(AItem);
|
||
|
|
if ARelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
ClearDetails
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to Relations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(I, J) then
|
||
|
|
FindAndReset(GetDetailDataController(I, J));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FindAndReset(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetMasterMode(AMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation; AIsPattern: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
SetMasterRelation(AMasterRelation, -1);
|
||
|
|
IsPattern := AIsPattern;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetMasterRelation(AMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
AMasterRecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (AMasterRelation = nil) and (FMasterRelation = nil) and
|
||
|
|
(AMasterRecordIndex = -1) and (FMasterRecordIndex = -1) then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if FMasterRelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (FMasterRelation.FDetailDataController = Self) and (AMasterRecordIndex = -1) then // It's Pattern
|
||
|
|
FMasterRelation.FDetailDataController := nil
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource := nil;
|
||
|
|
if (FMasterRelation <> nil) and (FMasterRelation.DataController <> nil) and
|
||
|
|
(FMasterRelation.DataController.FCreatingDataController = Self) then
|
||
|
|
FMasterRelation.DataController.FCreatingDataController := nil;
|
||
|
|
Relations.Changed(nil); // Reset Details
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FMasterRelation := AMasterRelation;
|
||
|
|
if (FMasterRelation <> nil) and (AMasterRecordIndex = -1) then // It's Pattern
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FMasterRelation.FDetailDataController := Self;
|
||
|
|
FMasterRelation.Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if (FMasterRelation <> nil) and (AMasterRecordIndex <> -1) then // Isn't Pattern
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CustomDataSource := GetPatternDataController.CustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
if (FMasterRelation <> nil) and (FMasterRelation.DataController <> nil) then
|
||
|
|
FMasterRelation.DataController.FCreatingDataController := Self;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FMasterRecordIndex := AMasterRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
LayoutChanged([lcData]);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Master-Detail: View Data
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeDetailActiveRelationIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetDetailActiveRelationIndex(ARecordIndex) <> ARelationIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckBrowseMode;
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject.ActiveRelationIndex := ARelationIndex;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccDetail]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.ChangeDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AExpanded: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex) <> AExpanded then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
FIsDetailExpanding := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
CheckBrowseMode;
|
||
|
|
if (0 <= ARecordIndex) and (ARecordIndex < RecordCount) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) and CanChangeDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex, AExpanded) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject.Expanded := AExpanded;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
if (GetMasterDataController = nil) or (GetMasterDataController.LockCount = 0) then
|
||
|
|
Change([dccDetail]);
|
||
|
|
if AExpanded then
|
||
|
|
DoDetailExpanded(ARecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DoDetailCollapsed(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FIsDetailExpanding := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearDetailLinkObject(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Relations.ClearDetailObject(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Change([dccDetail]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearDetails;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
ClearDetailLinkObject(I, -1);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CollapseDetails;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckBrowseMode;
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ClearDetailLinkObject(I, -1);
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(I);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject.Expanded := False;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccDetail]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ForEachDetail(AMasterRelation: TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
AProc: TcxDataControllerEachDetailProc);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndexes: TList;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure ForEach(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController; AIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndex, I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADetailDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndex := Integer(ARelationIndexes[AIndex]);
|
||
|
|
with ADataController do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(I, ARelationIndex) then
|
||
|
|
ADetailDataController := GetDetailDataController(I, ARelationIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if FCreatingDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
ADetailDataController := FCreatingDataController
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ADetailDataController := nil;
|
||
|
|
if ADetailDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AIndex = (ARelationIndexes.Count - 1) then
|
||
|
|
AProc(ADetailDataController)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ForEach(ADetailDataController, AIndex + 1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARootDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndexes := TList.Create;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ARootDataController := nil;
|
||
|
|
while AMasterRelation <> nil do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARootDataController := AMasterRelation.DataController;
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndexes.Insert(0, Pointer(AMasterRelation.Index));
|
||
|
|
AMasterRelation := ARootDataController.FMasterRelation;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if ARootDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
ForEach(ARootDataController, 0);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndexes.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDetailActiveRelationIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if Relations.IsEmpty then Exit;
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
Result := ADetailObject.ActiveRelationIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDetailDataController(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer): TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetDetailDataControllerByLinkObject(GetDetailLinkObject(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
Result := ADetailObject.Expanded
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
{
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
if (Relations.Count > 0) and (Relations[0].DataController.GetPatternDataController.Relations[0].FDetailDataController = nil) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
}
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIsBound: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject: TcxDetailInfoObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: DB!!!
|
||
|
|
AIsBound := IsDataBound;
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetDetailDataController(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex).RecordCount <> 0
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AIsBound;
|
||
|
|
if AIsBound then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject := ADetailObject.InfoObjects[ARelationIndex];
|
||
|
|
if AInfoObject = nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject := TcxDetailInfoObject.Create;
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject.InfoObjects[ARelationIndex] := AInfoObject;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if not AInfoObject.HasChildrenAssigned then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject.HasChildren := Provider.GetDetailHasChildren(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
AInfoObject.HasChildrenAssigned := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result := AInfoObject.HasChildren;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDetailLinkObject(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer): TObject;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function IsDetailObjectDestroyed(ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// dataset in edit mode
|
||
|
|
Result := not ((0 <= ARecordIndex) and (ARecordIndex < RecordCount) and
|
||
|
|
(ADetailObject = Relations.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex)));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := ADetailObject.LinkObjects[ARelationIndex];
|
||
|
|
if Result = nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FCreatingLinkObject then Exit;
|
||
|
|
FCreatingLinkObject := True;
|
||
|
|
if GetPatternDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
GetPatternDataController.FCreatingLinkObject := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Result := CreateDetailLinkObject(Relations[ARelationIndex], ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
FCreatingDataController := nil; // !!!
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailObjectDestroyed(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result.Free;
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
// DataNotify
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject.LinkObjects[ARelationIndex] := Result;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
if GetPatternDataController <> nil then
|
||
|
|
GetPatternDataController.FCreatingLinkObject := False;
|
||
|
|
FCreatingLinkObject := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if (Result = nil) and not FRecreatingLinkObject then // recreate DetailObject
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRecreatingLinkObject := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Result := GetDetailLinkObject(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FRecreatingLinkObject := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDetailDataControllerExist(ARecordIndex: Integer; ARelationIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Relations.IsDetailObjectExist(ARecordIndex, ARelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ResetHasChildrenFlag;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject: TcxDetailObject;
|
||
|
|
AChanged: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailObject := Relations.GetDetailObject(I);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(ADetailObject) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADetailObject.ClearHasChildrenFlag then
|
||
|
|
AChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AChanged then
|
||
|
|
Change([dccLayout]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// View Data
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ForEachRow(ASelectedRows: Boolean; AProc: TcxDataControllerEachRowProc);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ASelectedRows then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to GetSelectedCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
J := GetSelectedRowIndex(I);
|
||
|
|
AProc(J, GetRowInfo(J));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to GetRowCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
AProc(I, GetRowInfo(I));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetNearestRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetNearestRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetRowCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AMakeVisible: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex, AMakeVisible);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex: Integer): TcxRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetRowInfo(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRowDisplayText(const ARowInfo: TcxRowInfo;
|
||
|
|
var AItemIndex: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ARowInfo.RecordIndex <> NewItemRecordIndex) and (ARowInfo.Level < Groups.GetGroupingItemCount) then
|
||
|
|
AItemIndex := Groups.GetGroupingItemIndex(ARowInfo.Level);
|
||
|
|
Result := GetDisplayText(ARowInfo.RecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRowValue(const ARowInfo: TcxRowInfo; AItemIndex: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ARowInfo.RecordIndex <> NewItemRecordIndex) and (ARowInfo.Level < Groups.GetGroupingItemCount) then
|
||
|
|
AItemIndex := Groups.GetGroupingItemIndex(ARowInfo.Level);
|
||
|
|
Result := GetValue(ARowInfo.RecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.MakeRecordVisible(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex, True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.FocusSelectedRow(ASelectedIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := GetSelectedRowIndex(ASelectedIndex);
|
||
|
|
FocusedRowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Result := FocusedRowIndex = ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RestoreDataSetPos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.RestorePos;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SaveDataSetPos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.SavePos;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Navigation
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeFocusedRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := GetRowIndexByRecordIndex(ARecordIndex, True);
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.ChangeFocusedRowIndex(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsSyncMode and not Provider.FInInserting and
|
||
|
|
(DataControllerInfo.FocusedRowIndex <> ARowIndex) and not CheckMasterBrowseMode then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
if DataControllerInfo.FocusedRowIndex <> ARowIndex then
|
||
|
|
CheckDetailsBrowseMode;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FocusedRowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
// TODO: check
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsSyncMode and SyncDetailsFocusWithMaster and
|
||
|
|
(FocusedRecordIndex <> -1) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FInFocusDetails := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
FocusDetails(FocusedRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInFocusDetails := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckFocusedRow;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (FocusedRowIndex = -1) and not NewItemRowFocused then
|
||
|
|
FocusedRowIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFocusedRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.FocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.GotoFirst;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.First
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.GotoLast;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Last
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(GetRowCount - 1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.GotoNext;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Next
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex := GetFocusedRowIndex + 1;
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(AFocusedRowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.GotoPrev;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Prev
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex := GetFocusedRowIndex - 1;
|
||
|
|
if AFocusedRowIndex < 0 then AFocusedRowIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(AFocusedRowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsBOF: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode {and not Provider.IsInserting} then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.IsBOF
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := (GetFocusedRowIndex = 0) or (GetRowCount = 0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsEOF: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.IsEOF
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowCount := GetRowCount;
|
||
|
|
Result := (ARowCount = 0) or
|
||
|
|
({(ARowCount > 1) and} (GetFocusedRowIndex = (ARowCount - 1)));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsGridMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.IsGridMode;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.MoveBy(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.MoveBy(ADistance)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := GetFocusedRowIndex + ADistance;
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex < 0 then ARowIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Scroll(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.Scroll(ADistance);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetFocus;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearBookmark;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
APrevBookmarkAvailable: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
APrevBookmarkAvailable := IsBookmarkAvailable;
|
||
|
|
InternalClearBookmark;
|
||
|
|
if IsBookmarkAvailable <> APrevBookmarkAvailable then
|
||
|
|
Change([dccBookmark]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.GotoBookmark;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsBookmarkAvailable then
|
||
|
|
InternalGotoBookmark;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsBookmarkAvailable: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FBookmarkRecordIndex <> -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsBookmarkRow(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsBookmarkAvailable and
|
||
|
|
(GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).RecordIndex = FBookmarkRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SaveBookmark;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if InternalSaveBookmark then
|
||
|
|
Change([dccBookmark]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Filtering
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilterDataValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilterItemFieldCaption(AItem: TObject): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilterItemFieldName(AItem: TObject): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFilterItemFieldCaption(AItem);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Search
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.ChangeIncrementalFilterText(const AText: string): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Assigned(FIncrementalFilterField) and (FIncrementalFilterText <> AText);
|
||
|
|
if Result then
|
||
|
|
SetIncrementalFilter(FIncrementalFilterField.Index, AText);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.FindRecordIndexByText(AStartRecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
const AText: string; APartialCompare, ACircular, AForward: Boolean): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
ARecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function Find(AStartIndex, AEndIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
S: string;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
I := AStartIndex;
|
||
|
|
while (AForward and (I <= AEndIndex)) or
|
||
|
|
(not AForward and (I >= AEndIndex)) do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := FilteredRecordIndex[I];
|
||
|
|
S := GetInternalDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
if DataCompareText(S, AText, APartialCompare) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AForward then
|
||
|
|
Inc(I)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Dec(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
AField := Fields[AItemIndex];
|
||
|
|
ARecordCount := FilteredRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
if (AStartRecordIndex < 0) or (AStartRecordIndex >= ARecordCount) then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if AForward then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(AStartRecordIndex, ARecordCount - 1);
|
||
|
|
if (Result = -1) and (AStartRecordIndex <> 0) and ACircular then
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(0, AStartRecordIndex - 1);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(AStartRecordIndex, 0);
|
||
|
|
if (Result = -1) and (AStartRecordIndex <> 0) and ACircular then
|
||
|
|
Result := Find(ARecordCount - 1, AStartRecordIndex + 1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetIncrementalFilterText: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FIncrementalFilterText;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsIncrementalFilter: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Assigned(FIncrementalFilterField) and (FIncrementalFilterText <> '');
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ResetIncrementalFilter;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AIsIncrementalFilter: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AIsIncrementalFilter := IsIncrementalFilter;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalFilterField := nil;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalFilterText := '';
|
||
|
|
if AIsIncrementalFilter and not (csDestroying in FOwner.ComponentState) then
|
||
|
|
Refresh;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.SetIncrementalFilter(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
const AText: string): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalFilterField := Fields[AItemIndex];
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalFilterText := AText;
|
||
|
|
Refresh;
|
||
|
|
if FilteredRecordCount > 0 then
|
||
|
|
Result := FilteredRecordIndex[0]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Sorting
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeItemSortingIndex(AItemIndex: Integer; ASortingIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
if GetItemSortingIndex(AItemIndex) <> ASortingIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if (Groups.ItemGroupIndex[AItemIndex] <> -1) and
|
||
|
|
(GetItemSortOrder(AItemIndex) = soAscending) and
|
||
|
|
(ASortingIndex = -1) then
|
||
|
|
ChangeSorting(AItemIndex, soNone)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetItemSortingIndex(AItemIndex) = -1 then // grouped
|
||
|
|
ChangeSorting(AItemIndex, GetItemSortOrder(AItemIndex));
|
||
|
|
if GetItemSortOrder(AItemIndex) <> soNone then
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ChangeSortIndex(Fields[AItemIndex], ASortingIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeSorting(AItemIndex: Integer; ASortOrder: TcxDataSortOrder);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
// if GetItemSortOrder(AItemIndex) <> ASortOrder then
|
||
|
|
if DataControllerInfo.SortingFieldList.SortOrderByField(Fields[AItemIndex]) <> ASortOrder then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeforeSorting;
|
||
|
|
FSortingChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ChangeSorting(Fields[AItemIndex], ASortOrder);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearSorting(AKeepGroupedItems: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ClearSorting(AKeepGroupedItems);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemSortByDisplayText(AItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ASortByDisplayText: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemSortOrder(AItemIndex: Integer): TcxDataSortOrder;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
I := DataControllerInfo.SortingFieldList.SortIndexByField(Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
if I <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.SortingFieldList[I].SortOrder
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList.SortIndexByField(Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
if I <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GroupingFieldList[I].SortOrder
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := soNone;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// Result := DataControllerInfo.TotalSortingFieldList.SortOrderByField(Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemSortingIndex(AItemIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.SortingFieldList.SortIndexByField(Fields[AItemIndex]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSortingItemCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.SortingFieldList.Count;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSortingItemIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.SortingFieldList[Index].Field.Index;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// MultiSelect
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ChangeRowSelection(ARowIndex: Integer; ASelection: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not MultiSelect then Exit;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ChangeRowSelection(ARowIndex, ASelection);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckFocusedSelected;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not MultiSelect then Exit;
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := GetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
ChangeRowSelection(ARowIndex, True);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearSelectionAnchor;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.ClearSelectionAnchor;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRowId(ARowIndex: Integer): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSelectedCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsFocusedSelectedMode then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FFocusedSelected and (GetFocusedRowIndex <> -1) then
|
||
|
|
Result := 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetSelectedCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSelectedRowIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsFocusedSelectedMode then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FFocusedSelected and (Index = 0) then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFocusedRowIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetSelectedRowIndex(Index);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSelectionAnchorRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.Selection.AnchorRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsRowSelected(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsFocusedSelectedMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := FFocusedSelected and (GetFocusedRowIndex = ARowIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.IsRowSelected(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsSelectionAnchorExist: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetSelectionAnchorRowIndex <> -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SelectAll;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowCount := GetRowCount;
|
||
|
|
if ARowCount > 0 then
|
||
|
|
SelectRows(0, ARowCount - 1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SelectRows(AStartRowIndex, AEndRowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not MultiSelect then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if AStartRowIndex > AEndRowIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
I := AEndRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
AEndRowIndex := AStartRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
AStartRowIndex := I;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := AStartRowIndex to AEndRowIndex do
|
||
|
|
ChangeRowSelection(I, True);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SelectFromAnchor(ARowIndex: Integer; AKeepSelection: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ASelectionAnchorRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ASelectionAnchorRowIndex := GetSelectionAnchorRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if ASelectionAnchorRowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if not AKeepSelection then
|
||
|
|
ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
SelectRows(ASelectionAnchorRowIndex, ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetSelectionAnchor(ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: check?
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.CheckRowIndex(ARowIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.Selection.FAnchorRowIndex := ARowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SyncSelected(ASelected: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not IsFocusedSelectedMode then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if FFocusedSelected <> ASelected then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFocusedSelected := ASelected;
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex := GetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if AFocusedRowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount := 1;
|
||
|
|
FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.RowIndex := AFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccSelection]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SyncSelectionFocusedRecord;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AFocusedRowIndex := GetFocusedRowIndex;
|
||
|
|
if AFocusedRowIndex = -1 then
|
||
|
|
ClearSelection
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
SetSelectionAnchor(AFocusedRowIndex);
|
||
|
|
SelectFromAnchor(AFocusedRowIndex, False);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// IUnknown
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.QueryInterface(const IID: TGUID; out Obj): HResult;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetInterface(IID, Obj) then
|
||
|
|
Result := S_OK
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := E_NOINTERFACE;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController._AddRef: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1; // -1 indicates no reference counting is taking Position
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController._Release: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1; // -1 indicates no reference counting is taking Position
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Based
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.AddInternalField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFieldClass.Create(Fields);
|
||
|
|
Result.IsInternal := True;
|
||
|
|
Fields.Add(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.AddField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFieldClass.Create(Fields);
|
||
|
|
Fields.Add(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.AppendInSmartLoad: Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefReader;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FInSmartLoad := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := LoadRecord(CustomDataSource.AppendRecord)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader := Provider.GetValueDefReaderClass.Create;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Result := LoadRecord(AValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcNew, -1, -1);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInSmartLoad := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeforeSorting;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsEditing then
|
||
|
|
Post; // !
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CalcEditingRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if NewItemRowFocused then
|
||
|
|
Result := NewItemRecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if GetFocusedRowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetRowInfo(GetFocusedRowIndex).RecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := cxNullEditingRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CanChangeDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AExpanded: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
if AExpanded then
|
||
|
|
DoDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex, Result)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DoDetailCollapsing(ARecordIndex, Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CanFocusRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not Provider.IsDataSource and (Provider.EditingRecordIndex <> ARecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Post;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CanSelectRow(ARowIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True; // override in grid for Event
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if LockCount = 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Unlocked;
|
||
|
|
if FChanges <> [] then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FStructureChanged then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FStructureChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
LayoutChanged([lcStructure]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Update;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Change(AChanges: TcxDataControllerChanges);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FChanges := FChanges + AChanges;
|
||
|
|
CheckChanges;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckBookmarkValid(ADeletedRecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not IsBookmarkAvailable then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if InternalCheckBookmark(ADeletedRecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
InternalClearBookmark;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccBookmark]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckDataSetCurrent;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckEditingRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ((ARecordIndex >= 0) and (ARecordIndex <= Provider.EditingRecordIndex)) or
|
||
|
|
(RecordCount <= Provider.EditingRecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Provider.ResetEditing;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckInternalRecordRange(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FNewItemRecordIndex = ARecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckItemRange(AItemIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not ((0 <= AItemIndex) and (AItemIndex < ItemCount)) then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataItemIndexError);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CheckDetailsBrowseMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to Relations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(I, J) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADataController := GetDetailDataController(I, J);
|
||
|
|
ADataController.CheckBrowseMode;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CheckMasterBrowseMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckMode;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
APrevGridMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
APrevGridMode := IsGridMode;
|
||
|
|
Provider.FLoadAllNeeded := Groups.GroupingItemCount > 0;
|
||
|
|
if APrevGridMode <> Provider.IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
RestructData;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckNearestFocusRow;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FNearestRecordIndex <> -1 then // !!!
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FNearestRecordIndex < RecordCount then
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRecordIndex(FNearestRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
if (LockCount = 0) and (GetFocusedRecordIndex = -1) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := GetLastRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRecordIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckRange(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckRecordRange(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
NewItemRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if not (((0 <= ARecordIndex) and (ARecordIndex < RecordCount)) or
|
||
|
|
(ARecordIndex = FNewItemRecordIndex) or (ARecordIndex = Provider.FSavedRecordIndex)) then
|
||
|
|
InvalidOperation(cxSDataRecordIndexError);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CheckSelectedCount(ADeletedRecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.TruncateSelection;
|
||
|
|
CheckBookmarkValid(ADeletedRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearDataChangedListeners;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// TODO: TcxEventList?
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FDataChangedListeners.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
TNotifyEventItem(FDataChangedListeners[I]).Free;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedListeners.Clear;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ClearDetailsMasterRelation(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndex, I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject: TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// Relation Destroying
|
||
|
|
ARelationIndex := ARelation.Index;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to DataStorage.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(I, ARelationIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ADetailLinkObject := GetDetailLinkObject(I, ARelationIndex);
|
||
|
|
if ADetailLinkObject <> nil then
|
||
|
|
GetDetailDataControllerByLinkObject(ADetailLinkObject).FMasterRelation := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ProviderValueDefSetProc(AValueDef: TcxValueDef;
|
||
|
|
AFromRecordIndex, AToRecordIndex: Integer; AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := TcxCustomDataField(AValueDef.LinkObject);
|
||
|
|
if AField.IsValueDefInternal then Exit;
|
||
|
|
Provider.SetValue(AToRecordIndex, AField, DataStorage.GetValue(AFromRecordIndex, AValueDef));
|
||
|
|
if AValueDef.TextStored then
|
||
|
|
Provider.SetDisplayText(AToRecordIndex, AField, DataStorage.GetDisplayText(AFromRecordIndex, AValueDef));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CopyRecord(AFromRecordIndex, AToRecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefRecordReader;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader := TcxValueDefRecordReader.Create(Self, AFromRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode and (AToRecordIndex >= 0) then
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.ReadRecordFrom(AFromRecordIndex, AToRecordIndex, AValueDefReader, ProviderValueDefSetProc)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.ReadRecord(AToRecordIndex, AValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if AToRecordIndex >= 0 then // not internal
|
||
|
|
DataChanged(dcRecord, -1, -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CorrectAfterInsert(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := ARecordIndex + 1 to DataStorage.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to Relations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(I, J) then
|
||
|
|
Inc(GetDetailDataController(I, J).FMasterRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CorrectAfterDelete(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ARecordIndex < 0 then Exit;
|
||
|
|
CheckEditingRecordIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
if Relations.Count > 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := ARecordIndex {+ 1} to DataStorage.RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to Relations.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if IsDetailDataControllerExist(I, J) then
|
||
|
|
Dec(GetDetailDataController(I, J).FMasterRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.CorrectPrevSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount = 1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount := GetSelectedCount;
|
||
|
|
if FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount = 1 then
|
||
|
|
FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.RowIndex := GetSelectedRowIndex(0)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.RowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
// TODO: flag reset?
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DeleteInSmartLoad(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Provider.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.DeleteRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Unlocked;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoAfterCancel;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnAfterCancel) then
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterCancel(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoAfterDelete;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnAfterDelete) then
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterDelete(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoAfterInsert;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnAfterInsert) then
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterInsert(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoAfterPost;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnAfterPost) then
|
||
|
|
FOnAfterPost(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoBeforeCancel;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnBeforeCancel) then
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforeCancel(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoBeforeDelete(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnBeforeDelete) then
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforeDelete(Self, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoBeforeInsert;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnBeforeInsert) then
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforeInsert(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoBeforePost;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnBeforePost) then
|
||
|
|
FOnBeforePost(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.DoFilterRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnFilterRecord) then
|
||
|
|
FOnFilterRecord(Self, ARecordIndex, Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsFilterRecord: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Assigned(FOnFilterRecord);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoNewRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnNewRecord) then
|
||
|
|
FOnNewRecord(Self, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoDataChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not (csDestroying in FOwner.ComponentState) and IsDataChangedListenersExist then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsLoading then
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedFlag := True
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataChangedFlag := False;
|
||
|
|
NotifyDataChangedListeners;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoDetailExpanding(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AAllow: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnDetailExpanding) then
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailExpanding(Self, ARecordIndex, AAllow);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoDetailExpanded(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnDetailExpanded) then
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailExpanded(Self, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoDetailCollapsing(ARecordIndex: Integer; var AAllow: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnDetailCollapsing) then
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailCollapsing(Self, ARecordIndex, AAllow);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoDetailCollapsed(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnDetailCollapsed) then
|
||
|
|
FOnDetailCollapsed(Self, ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.DoIncrementalFilterRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
S: string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
S := GetInternalDisplayText(ARecordIndex, FIncrementalFilterField);
|
||
|
|
Result := DataCompareText(S, FIncrementalFilterText, True);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoReadRecord(ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.CorrectRecordIndex(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.DoSearchInGridMode(const ASubText: string;
|
||
|
|
AForward, ANext: Boolean): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.FindItemByInternalID(AID: Integer): TObject;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetItem(I);
|
||
|
|
if GetItemID(Result) = AID then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.FindItemByName(const AName: string): TObject;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to ItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetItem(I);
|
||
|
|
if SameText(GetItemName(Result), AName) then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.FindProperItemLink(AItemLink: TObject): TObject;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FindItemByInternalID(GetItemID(AItemLink));
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetActiveRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDataProviderClass: TcxCustomDataProviderClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataProvider;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDataSelectionClass: TcxDataSelectionClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSelection;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetEditOperations: TcxDataControllerEditOperations;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := [];
|
||
|
|
if Provider.CanAppend then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceoAppend];
|
||
|
|
if Provider.CanDelete then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceoDelete];
|
||
|
|
if Provider.CanModify then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceoEdit];
|
||
|
|
if Provider.CanInsert then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceoInsert];
|
||
|
|
if not Provider.IsDataSource or Provider.IsSyncMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceoShowEdit];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetEditState: TcxDataControllerEditState;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := [];
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsInserting then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceInsert]
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsEditing then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceEdit];
|
||
|
|
if (Result <> []) and Provider.IsChanging then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceChanging];
|
||
|
|
if (Result <> []) and Provider.IsModified then
|
||
|
|
Result := Result + [dceModified];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDefaultActiveRelationIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFieldClass: TcxCustomDataFieldClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilterCriteriaClass: TcxDataFilterCriteriaClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataFilterCriteria;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetInternalDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ARecordIndex >= 0) and IsProviderMode and IsDataField(AField) then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := GetStoredDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemID(AItem: TObject): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetItemName(AItem: TObject): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AItem is TComponent then
|
||
|
|
Result := TComponent(AItem).Name
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetInternalRecordId(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AFieldList: TList): Variant;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AFieldList.Count > 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AFieldList.Count > 1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := VarArrayCreate([0, AFieldList.Count - 1], varVariant);
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to AFieldList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Result[I] := GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, TcxCustomDataField(AFieldList[I]));
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, TcxCustomDataField(AFieldList[0]));
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetRecordId(ARecordIndex)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex: Integer; AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ARecordIndex >= 0) and IsProviderMode and IsDataField(AField) then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetValue(ARecordIndex, AField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := GetStoredValue(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.GetKeyFields(AList: TList);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetLastRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex := GetRowCount - 1;
|
||
|
|
if ARowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetRowInfo(ARowIndex).RecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsDataSource and Provider.IsSyncMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetRecordIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRelationClass: TcxCustomDataRelationClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxCustomDataRelation;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSearchClass: TcxDataControllerSearchClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataControllerSearch;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetStoredDisplayText(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// if not AField.IsInternal and IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
if IsDataField(AField) and IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetExternalDataDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if AField.ValueDef <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorage.GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AField.ValueDef)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := '';
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetStoredValue(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// if not AField.IsInternal and IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
if IsDataField(AField) and IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.GetExternalDataValue(ARecordIndex, AField)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if AField.ValueDef <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorage.GetValue(ARecordIndex, AField.ValueDef)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Null;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSummaryClass: TcxDataSummaryClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummary;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSummaryItemClass: TcxDataSummaryItemClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryItem;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSummaryGroupItemLinkClass: TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLinkClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataSummaryGroupItemLink;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.InternalCheckBookmark(ADeletedRecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (ADeletedRecordIndex <> -1) and (FBookmarkRecordIndex = ADeletedRecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
Result := True
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := GetFilteredIndexByRecordIndex(FBookmarkRecordIndex) = -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.InternalClearBookmark;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FBookmarkRecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.InternalGotoBookmark;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FocusedRecordIndex := FBookmarkRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.InternalSaveBookmark: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := FocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if FBookmarkRecordIndex <> ARecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FBookmarkRecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
Result := True;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDataBound: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsProviderMode or Provider.IsDataSource;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDataChangedListenersExist: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Assigned(FOnDataChanged) or Assigned(FOnRecordChanged) or
|
||
|
|
(FDataChangedListeners.Count > 0);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDataField(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := not AField.IsInternal or
|
||
|
|
(Assigned(AField.FReferenceField) and not AField.FReferenceField.IsInternal);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsDestroying: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := csDestroying in FOwner.ComponentState;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsFocusedSelectedMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := not MultiSelect{ and FFocusedSelected}; // TODO:?
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsImmediatePost: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (dcoImmediatePost in Options) or Provider.IsUnboundColumnMode;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsKeyNavigation: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.IsRecordIdSupported
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsLoading: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := csLoading in FOwner.ComponentState;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsProviderDataSource: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsProviderMode or FStructureRecreated;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsProviderMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.CustomDataSource <> nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsRecordID: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsUnboundMode and UseRecordID;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsSmartLoad: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsSmartRefresh: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsUnboundMode: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.IsCustomDataSourceSupported and not IsProviderMode; // ?
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.LoadStorage;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure LoadData;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader: TcxValueDefReader;
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
with Provider do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.BeginLoad;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
LoadDataBuffer;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.EndLoad;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Freeze;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
SavePos;
|
||
|
|
First; // possible to recreate Fields in dbX and Query Reopen
|
||
|
|
if RecreatedFieldsAfterFirst then
|
||
|
|
UpdateFields;
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.BeginLoad;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
LoadRecordHandles
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader := GetValueDefReaderClass.Create;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
while not IsEOF do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARecordIndex := DataStorage.AppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.ReadRecord(ARecordIndex, AValueDefReader);
|
||
|
|
Self.DoReadRecord(ARecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
Next;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AValueDefReader.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.EndLoad;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FLoadedStorage := Provider.ActiveChanging;
|
||
|
|
RestorePos;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
Unfreeze;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure CheckAfterLoad;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FInLoadStorage := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
CheckSelectedCount(-1);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInLoadStorage := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
UpdateFocused;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not (IsSmartLoad and FInSmartLoad) then
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.Clear(Provider.FDataChangedLocked);
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsActive and not IsSmartLoad then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DetailMode <> dcdmPattern then
|
||
|
|
LoadData;
|
||
|
|
CheckAfterLoad;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccData]);
|
||
|
|
SyncMasterPos;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsNewItemRecordIndex(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := UseNewItemRowForEditing and (ARecordIndex = NewItemRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.LockOnAfterSummary: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := IsGridMode and FStructureChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.NotifyDataChangedListeners;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
E: TNotifyEventItem;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not IsPattern then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (FDataChangeInfo.Kind in [dcField, dcRecord]) and
|
||
|
|
((FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex <> -1) or IsNewItemRecordIndex(FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex)) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnRecordChanged) then
|
||
|
|
FOnRecordChanged(Self, FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex, FDataChangeInfo.ItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnDataChanged) then
|
||
|
|
FOnDataChanged(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
if IsGridMode and (Provider.LocateCount <> 0) then Exit; // TODO: !!!
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to FDataChangedListeners.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
E := TNotifyEventItem(FDataChangedListeners[I]);
|
||
|
|
E.Event(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.NotifyDataControllers;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.PrepareField(AField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RemoveNotification(AComponent: TComponent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Fields.RemoveNotification(AComponent);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ResetMasterHasChildrenFlag;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AMasterDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsDataBound then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AMasterDataController := GetMasterDataController;
|
||
|
|
if (AMasterDataController <> nil) and (EditState * [dceInsert, dceEdit] = []) then
|
||
|
|
AMasterDataController.ResetHasChildrenFlag;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ResetNewItemRowFocused;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FNewItemRowFocused then
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FPrevFocusingInfo.FChangedFlag := True;
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRowFocused := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RestructData;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
//BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
BeginFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Provider.ResetEditing;
|
||
|
|
// if not IsUnboundMode then
|
||
|
|
if not IsUnboundMode or (FInSetCustomDataSource and (CustomDataSource = nil)) then
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.Clear(False);
|
||
|
|
InternalClearBookmark;
|
||
|
|
CheckSelectedCount(-1); // <- Clear Selection
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.StoredValuesOnly := IsProviderMode or IsGridMode;
|
||
|
|
UpdateUseRecordIDState;
|
||
|
|
if CustomDataSource <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FRecordHandlesField = nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRecordHandlesField := AddInternalField;
|
||
|
|
FRecordHandlesField.ValueTypeClass := TcxIntegerValueType;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FRecordHandlesField.Free; // FRecordHandlesField <- nil (in RemoveDataField method)
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
FStructureRecreated := True;
|
||
|
|
LayoutChanged([lcData]);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
//EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetStoredValue(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField; const Value: Variant);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AField.ValueDef <> nil then
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.SetValue(ARecordIndex, AField.ValueDef, Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.SyncDetailsFocusWithMaster: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SyncMasterPos;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DetailMode = dcdmClone then
|
||
|
|
Change([dccSyncMasterPos]);
|
||
|
|
NotifyDataControllers;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateFields;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
APreparedAll: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Fields.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
Fields[I].FPrepared := False;
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
Fields.FFieldDestroyed := False;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Fields.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := Fields[I];
|
||
|
|
if AField.FPrepared then Continue;
|
||
|
|
PrepareField(AField);
|
||
|
|
AField.FPrepared := True;
|
||
|
|
if Fields.FFieldDestroyed then Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
// check Finish
|
||
|
|
APreparedAll := True;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to Fields.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if not Fields[I].FPrepared then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
APreparedAll := False;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
until APreparedAll;
|
||
|
|
// for I := 0 to Fields.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
// PrepareField(Fields[I]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateFocused;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (Provider.LocateCount = 0) or not DataControllerInfo.FFocusingFlag then
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.RefreshFocused;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateRelations(ARelation: TcxCustomDataRelation);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ARootDataController: TcxCustomDataController;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FDestroying then Exit;
|
||
|
|
if DetailMode = dcdmPattern then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARootDataController := GetRootDataController;
|
||
|
|
if FMasterRelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
ARootDataController.ResetRelationByItem(FMasterRelation.Item);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Change([dccData{dccDetail}]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateUseRecordIDState;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.UseRecordID := IsRecordID;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateStorage(AUpdateFields: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginFullUpdate; // !!! see also 22299
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderDataSource then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AUpdateFields or Provider.IsActiveDataSet then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if LockUpdateFieldsCount <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
FUpdateFieldsFlag := True
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Provider.IsGridModeUpdating and
|
||
|
|
((EditState * [dceInsert] <> []) or // appending record
|
||
|
|
FFields.FFieldDestroyed) then // Filter.OnBeforeChange
|
||
|
|
// do nothing
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
UpdateFields;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if not FStructureChanged then
|
||
|
|
LoadStorage;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.Refresh;
|
||
|
|
FUpdateItems := False;
|
||
|
|
FStructureRecreated := False;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndFullUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.UseRecordID: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
class function TcxCustomDataController.AddListenerLink(ADataController: TcxCustomDataController): TcxDataListenerLink;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := TcxDataListenerLink.Create;
|
||
|
|
Result.Ref := ADataController;
|
||
|
|
ADataController.FListenerLinks.Add(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
class procedure TcxCustomDataController.RemoveListenerLink(ALink: TcxDataListenerLink);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ALink.Ref <> nil then
|
||
|
|
ALink.Ref.FListenerLinks.Remove(ALink);
|
||
|
|
ALink.Free;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DataStorageClearInternalRecords(Sender: TObject);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.FSavedRecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRecordIndex := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.RemoveField(ADataField: TcxCustomDataField);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FRecordHandlesField = ADataField then
|
||
|
|
FRecordHandlesField := nil;
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FRelations) then
|
||
|
|
Relations.RemoveDataField(ADataField);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FFilters) then
|
||
|
|
FFilters.RemoveItemByField(ADataField);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FFilter) then
|
||
|
|
Filter.RemoveItemByField(ADataField);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FSummary) then
|
||
|
|
Summary.RemoveItemByField(ADataField);
|
||
|
|
if FIncrementalFilterField = ADataField then
|
||
|
|
ResetIncrementalFilter;
|
||
|
|
if FSortingBySummaryDataItemField = ADataField then
|
||
|
|
SortingBySummaryDataItemIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
if FIncrementalSearchField = ADataField then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Search.Cancel;
|
||
|
|
FIncrementalSearchField := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.FilterChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// !!! filter custom!
|
||
|
|
FCheckFocusingAfterFilterNeeded := True;
|
||
|
|
Cancel;
|
||
|
|
Refresh;
|
||
|
|
CheckBookmarkValid(-1);
|
||
|
|
CorrectPrevSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SummaryChanged(ARedrawOnly: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.RefreshSummary(ARedrawOnly);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ActiveChanged(AActive: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FActive := AActive;
|
||
|
|
UpdateItems(Provider.IsActive);
|
||
|
|
ResetMasterHasChildrenFlag;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DataChanged(ADataChange: TcxDataChange;
|
||
|
|
AItemIndex, ARecordIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ((FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex <> -1) or IsNewItemRecordIndex(FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex)) and
|
||
|
|
(FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex <> ARecordIndex) then
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.Kind := dcTotal
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if (ADataChange = dcField) and (FDataChangeInfo.ItemIndex <> -1) and
|
||
|
|
(FDataChangeInfo.ItemIndex <> AItemIndex) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.Kind := dcRecord;
|
||
|
|
AItemIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.Kind := ADataChange;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.ItemIndex := AItemIndex;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex := ARecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if (ADataChange = dcTotal) then
|
||
|
|
UpdateStorage(False)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if ADataChange in [dcNew, dcDeleted] then
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordChanged(False);
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.Refresh;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
ResetMasterHasChildrenFlag;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DataScrolled(ADistance: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
UpdateFocused;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.LayoutChanged(ADataLayoutChanges: TcxDataLayoutChanges);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
UpdateItems(Provider.IsActive);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoBeforeFocusedRowChange(ARowIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoValueTypeClassChanged(AItemIndex: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateControl(AInfo: TcxUpdateControlInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnUpdateControl) then FOnUpdateControl(AInfo);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetIncrementalSearchText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilterDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): string;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
// Compare
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CompareByField(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField; AMode: TcxDataControllerComparisonMode): Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
{ function CompareStrEx(const S1, S2: string): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if S1 = S2 then
|
||
|
|
Result := 0
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if S1 < S2 then
|
||
|
|
Result := -1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := 1;
|
||
|
|
end;}
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function StringCompare(const V1, V2: Variant): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if dcoAnsiSort in Options then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if dcoCaseInsensitive in Options then
|
||
|
|
Result := AnsiCompareText(V1, V2)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := AnsiCompareStr(V1, V2);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if dcoCaseInsensitive in Options then
|
||
|
|
//TODO: Option -> CompareText(V1, V2);
|
||
|
|
// Result := CompareText(AnsiUpperCase(V1), AnsiUpperCase(V2))
|
||
|
|
Result := CompareStr(AnsiUpperCase(V1), AnsiUpperCase(V2))
|
||
|
|
// Result := CompareStrEx(AnsiUpperCase(V1), AnsiUpperCase(V2))
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := VarCompare(V1, V2);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
V1, V2: Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (Assigned(FOnCompare) and not AField.IsInternal) or IsConversionNeededForCompare(AField) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not Assigned(FOnCompare) and IsProviderMode and
|
||
|
|
Provider.CustomDataSource.IsNativeCompareFunc and
|
||
|
|
(ARecordIndex1 >= 0) and (ARecordIndex2 >= 0) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.NativeCompareFunc(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AField);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
V1 := GetComparedValue(ARecordIndex1, AField);
|
||
|
|
V2 := GetComparedValue(ARecordIndex2, AField);
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnCompare) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
FOnCompare(Self, ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AField.Index, V1, V2, Result);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if VarIsStr(V1) and VarIsStr(V2) then
|
||
|
|
Result := StringCompare(VarToStr(V1), VarToStr(V2))
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := VarCompare(V1, V2);
|
||
|
|
// 2 Result := StringCompare(VarToStr(V1), VarToStr(V2));
|
||
|
|
{ 1
|
||
|
|
if IsStringConversionNeeded(AField) then
|
||
|
|
Result := StringCompare(VarToStr(V1), VarToStr(V2))
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := VarCompare(V1, V2);
|
||
|
|
}
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := NativeCompare(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CompareEqualRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := ARecordIndex1 - ARecordIndex2;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.CompareRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ASortInfo: TcxDataSortInfo; AMode: TcxDataControllerComparisonMode = dccmOther): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := CompareByField(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, ASortInfo.Field, AMode);
|
||
|
|
if ASortInfo.SortOrder = soDescending then
|
||
|
|
Result := -Result;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.FindGroupRecord(ABufferRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AGroupItemCount: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function Compare(ARecordIndex, AItemIndex: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.CompareGroupRecords(ARecordIndex, ABufferRecordIndex, AItemIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
L, H, I, C: Integer;
|
||
|
|
J, JLast: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
L := 0;
|
||
|
|
H := DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordCount - 1;
|
||
|
|
JLast := AGroupItemCount - 1;
|
||
|
|
if L <= H then
|
||
|
|
repeat
|
||
|
|
I := (L + H) div 2;
|
||
|
|
for J := 0 to AGroupItemCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
C := Compare(DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordIndex(I), J);
|
||
|
|
if C = 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if J = JLast then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordIndex(I);
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if C < 0 then
|
||
|
|
L := I + 1
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
H := I - 1;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if L > H then
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
until False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.FindRecordByFields(ABufferRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AFields: TList): Integer;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function IsEqual(ARecordIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AFields.Count > 0;
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to AFields.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if CompareByField(ARecordIndex, ABufferRecordIndex, TcxCustomDataField(AFields[I]), dccmOther) <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := False;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.PrepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to RecordCount - 1 do
|
||
|
|
if IsEqual(I) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := I;
|
||
|
|
Break;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.UnprepareSorting;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetComparedValue(ARecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): Variant;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if (AField.FNeedConversionFlag = 2) then
|
||
|
|
Result := GetDisplayText(ARecordIndex, AField.Index)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := GetInternalValue(ARecordIndex, AField);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsConversionNeededForCompare(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AField.FNeedConversionFlag <> 0 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := AField.FNeedConversionFlag >= 1;
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
Result := AField.NeedConversion or IsStringConversionNeeded(AField) or
|
||
|
|
IsSortByDisplayTextNeeded(AField);
|
||
|
|
if not Result and IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := not Provider.CustomDataSource.IsNativeCompare;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsFilterItemSortByDisplayText(AItemIndex: Integer): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := GetItemSortByDisplayText(AItemIndex, True);
|
||
|
|
if not Result and (Options * [dcoAnsiSort] <> []) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AField := Fields[AItemIndex];
|
||
|
|
Result := Assigned(AField.ValueDef) and AField.ValueDef.IsNeedConversion;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsStringConversionNeeded(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := (Options * [dcoAnsiSort, dcoCaseInsensitive] <> []) and
|
||
|
|
Assigned(AField.ValueDef) and AField.ValueDef.IsNeedConversion;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.IsSortByDisplayTextNeeded(AField: TcxCustomDataField): Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := not FInternalFindRecord and not AField.IsInternal and
|
||
|
|
GetItemSortByDisplayText(AField.Index, dcoSortByDisplayText in Options);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.NativeCompare(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
AField: TcxCustomDataField): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(AField.ValueDef) then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorage.CompareRecords(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AField.ValueDef)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.NativeCompare(ARecordIndex1, ARecordIndex2, AField);
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := 0;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DeleteFocusedRecord;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FNearestRecordIndex >= FocusedRecordIndex then
|
||
|
|
Dec(FNearestRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Provider.Delete;
|
||
|
|
except
|
||
|
|
FNearestRecordIndex := FocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
raise;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DeleteRecords(AList: TList);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I, J, AOldNearestRecordIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// Prepare List - sort and delete duplicates
|
||
|
|
AList.Sort(CompareIntegers);
|
||
|
|
for I := AList.Count - 2 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
J := I + 1;
|
||
|
|
if AList[I] = AList[J] then
|
||
|
|
AList.Delete(J);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
AOldNearestRecordIndex := FNearestRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
if AOldNearestRecordIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := 0 to AList.Count - 1 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if AOldNearestRecordIndex >= Integer(AList[I]) then
|
||
|
|
Dec(FNearestRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
Provider.DeleteRecords(AList);
|
||
|
|
except
|
||
|
|
FNearestRecordIndex := FocusedRecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
raise;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeginSmartLoad;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
with Provider do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Freeze;
|
||
|
|
SavePos;
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.BeginLoad;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.EndSmartLoad;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
with Provider do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.EndLoad;
|
||
|
|
RestorePos;
|
||
|
|
Unfreeze;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
UpdateFocused;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.Refresh;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.LoadRecord(AData: Pointer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsProviderMode then
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.AddRecordHandle(AData)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataStorage.AppendRecord;
|
||
|
|
DataStorage.ReadRecord(Result, TcxValueDefReader(AData));
|
||
|
|
DoReadRecord(Result);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeginReadRecord;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.EndReadRecord;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSortingBySummaryEngineClass: TcxSortingBySummaryEngineClass;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := nil;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetCustomDataSource: TcxCustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := Provider.CustomDataSource;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetDetailMode: TcxDataControllerDetailMode;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FMasterRelation <> nil then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FMasterRecordIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
Result := dcdmClone
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := dcdmPattern;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if FIsPattern then
|
||
|
|
Result := dcdmPattern
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := dcdmNone;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilteredIndexByRecordIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordListIndex(Index);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilteredRecordCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetFilteredRecordIndex(Index: Integer): Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.GetInternalRecordIndex(Index);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetIsEditing: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := EditState * [dceInsert, dceEdit] <> [];
|
||
|
|
Result := Result and (Provider.FEditingRecordIndex <> cxNullEditingRecordIndex);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetIsPattern: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DetailMode = dcdmPattern;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetIsRowInfoValid: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := not DataControllerInfo.FInfoCalculation;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetLockCount: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := DataControllerInfo.LockCount;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetNewItemRowFocused: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FNewItemRowFocused and UseNewItemRowForEditing and
|
||
|
|
(DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex = -1);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetOptions: TcxDataControllerOptions;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Result := FOptions;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetRelations: TcxCustomDataRelationList;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FRelations = nil then
|
||
|
|
FRelations := TcxCustomDataRelationList.Create(Self);
|
||
|
|
Result := FRelations;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
function TcxCustomDataController.GetSortingBySummaryDataItemIndex: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSortingBySummaryDataItemField <> nil then
|
||
|
|
Result := FSortingBySummaryDataItemField.Index
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
Result := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetCustomDataSource(Value: TcxCustomDataSource);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Provider.CustomDataSource := Value;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetIsPattern(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
APrevIsPattern: Boolean;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Value and (FDataChangeRefCount <> 0) and (FMasterRelation <> nil) then
|
||
|
|
raise Exception.Create('!');
|
||
|
|
APrevIsPattern := IsPattern;
|
||
|
|
FIsPatternSave := Value;
|
||
|
|
FIsPattern := FIsPatternSave and (FDataChangeRefCount = 0);
|
||
|
|
if IsPattern <> APrevIsPattern then
|
||
|
|
if not (csDestroying in FOwner.ComponentState) then
|
||
|
|
RestructData;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetFilter(Value: TcxDataFilterCriteria);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FFilter.Assign(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetFocusedRowIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetMultiSelect(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FMultiSelect <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FMultiSelect := Value;
|
||
|
|
FFocusedSelected := True; // reset
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if not Value then
|
||
|
|
ClearSelection
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if FocusedRowIndex <> -1 then
|
||
|
|
ChangeRowSelection(FocusedRowIndex, True);
|
||
|
|
if [soSelectedRecords, soMultipleSelectedRecords] * Summary.Options <> [] then
|
||
|
|
Summary.Changed(False);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetNewItemRowFocused(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FNewItemRowFocused <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
BeginUpdate;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if FNewItemRowFocused then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if not (csDestroying in FOwner.ComponentState) then
|
||
|
|
Post;
|
||
|
|
end
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ChangeFocusedRowIndex(-1);
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordChanged(True); //?
|
||
|
|
FNewItemRowFocused := Value; // Notification
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
EndUpdate;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
if (dcoInsertOnNewItemRowFocusing in Options) and
|
||
|
|
NewItemRowFocused and not Provider.IsInserting then
|
||
|
|
Insert;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetOnFilterRecord(Value: TcxDataFilterRecordEvent);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if @FOnFilterRecord <> @Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FOnFilterRecord := Value;
|
||
|
|
Filter.Changed;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetOptions(Value: TcxDataControllerOptions);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FOptions <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FOptions := Value;
|
||
|
|
Refresh;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetSummary(Value: TcxDataSummary);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FSummary.Assign(Value);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetUseNewItemRowForEditing(Value: Boolean);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FUseNewItemRowForEditing <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
Cancel;
|
||
|
|
ClearSelection;
|
||
|
|
FUseNewItemRowForEditing := Value;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccData]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SetSortingBySummaryDataItemIndex(Value: Integer);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if GetSortingBySummaryDataItemIndex <> Value then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if Value = -1 then
|
||
|
|
FSortingBySummaryDataItemField := nil
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
CheckItemRange(Value);
|
||
|
|
FSortingBySummaryDataItemField := Fields[Value];
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DoSortingBySummaryChanged;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.Update;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AChanges: TcxDataControllerChanges;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
AChanges := FChanges;
|
||
|
|
FChanges := [];
|
||
|
|
if dccData in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
DataNotification
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if AChanges * [dccLayout, dccDetail, dccSummary] <> [] then
|
||
|
|
LayoutNotification
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
if dccUpdateRecord in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
UpdateRecordNotification;
|
||
|
|
if dccFocus in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
FocusedNotification;
|
||
|
|
if dccSelection in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
SelectionNotification;
|
||
|
|
if dccSearch in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
SearchNotification;
|
||
|
|
if dccBookmark in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
BookmarkNotification;
|
||
|
|
// events
|
||
|
|
if dccGrouping in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
DoGroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
if dccSorting in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
DoSortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
// master-detail sync
|
||
|
|
if dccSyncMasterPos in AChanges then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DetailMode = dcdmClone then
|
||
|
|
GetPatternDataController.UpdateFocused;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BeforeGroupingNotification;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(TcxGroupingChangingInfo.Create);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.BookmarkNotification;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(TcxBookmarkChangedInfo.Create);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DataNotification;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
ADataChangedInfo: TcxDataChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
ADataChangedInfo := TcxDataChangedInfo.Create;
|
||
|
|
if (FDataChangeInfo.Kind = dcField) and (FDataChangeInfo.ItemIndex = -1) then
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.Kind := dcRecord;
|
||
|
|
if (FDataChangeInfo.Kind in [dcField, dcRecord]) and
|
||
|
|
((FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex = -1) and not IsNewItemRecordIndex(FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex)) then
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.Kind := dcTotal;
|
||
|
|
ADataChangedInfo.Kind := FDataChangeInfo.Kind;
|
||
|
|
ADataChangedInfo.ItemIndex := FDataChangeInfo.ItemIndex;
|
||
|
|
ADataChangedInfo.RecordIndex := FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex;
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(ADataChangedInfo);
|
||
|
|
DoDataChanged;
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
ResetDataChangeInfo;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoGroupingChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if [csReading{csLoading}] * FOwner.ComponentState <> [] then Exit; // TODO: collection -> lookup grid // // TODO: method IsLoading/Destroying
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnGroupingChanged) then FOnGroupingChanged(Self);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoSortingBySummaryChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if IsDestroying then
|
||
|
|
Exit;
|
||
|
|
FSortingBySummaryChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
Change([dccSorting{dccGrouping}]);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.DoSortingChanged;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if [csReading{csLoading}] * FOwner.ComponentState <> [] then Exit; // TODO: collection -> lookup grid // // TODO: method IsLoading/Destroying
|
||
|
|
if FInOnSortingChanged then Exit;
|
||
|
|
FInOnSortingChanged := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
if Assigned(FOnSortingChanged) then FOnSortingChanged(Self);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
FInOnSortingChanged := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.FocusedNotification;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if DataControllerInfo.PrevFocusedRowIndex <> DataControllerInfo.FocusedRowIndex then
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(TcxFocusedRowChangedInfo.Create(DataControllerInfo.PrevFocusedRowIndex,
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FocusedRowIndex));
|
||
|
|
if (DataControllerInfo.PrevFocusedRecordIndex >= 0) or
|
||
|
|
(DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex >= 0) or
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FPrevFocusingInfo.FChangedFlag then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
// !!!
|
||
|
|
// if (DataControllerInfo.PrevFocusedRecordIndex <> DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex) and
|
||
|
|
// not DataControllerInfo.FPrevFocusingInfo.FChangedFlag then
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(TcxFocusedRecordChangedInfo.Create(DataControllerInfo.PrevFocusedRecordIndex,
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FocusedRecordIndex, DataControllerInfo.PrevFocusedRowIndex,
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FocusedRowIndex, DataControllerInfo.NewItemRowFocusingChanged));
|
||
|
|
Search.Cancel;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
DataControllerInfo.FPrevFocusingInfo.Assign(DataControllerInfo.FFocusingInfo);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.LayoutNotification;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(TcxLayoutChangedInfo.Create);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.UpdateRecordNotification;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(TcxUpdateRecordInfo.Create(FocusedRecordIndex));
|
||
|
|
Search.Cancel;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SearchNotification;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(TcxSearchChangedInfo.Create);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.SelectionNotification;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
AInfo: TcxSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex1, ARowIndex2: Integer;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex1 := -1;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex2 := -1;
|
||
|
|
FSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount := GetSelectedCount;
|
||
|
|
if FSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount <= 1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount = 1 then
|
||
|
|
FSelectionChangedInfo.RowIndex := GetSelectedRowIndex(0)
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
FSelectionChangedInfo.RowIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
if FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount <= 1 then
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
if FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.SelectedCount = 1 then
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex1 := FPrevSelectionChangedInfo.RowIndex
|
||
|
|
else
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex1 := -1;
|
||
|
|
ARowIndex2 := FSelectionChangedInfo.RowIndex;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
AInfo := TcxSelectionChangedInfo.CreateEx(ARowIndex1, ARowIndex2);
|
||
|
|
NotifyControl(AInfo);
|
||
|
|
FPrevSelectionChangedInfo := FSelectionChangedInfo;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.NotifyControl(AUpdateControlInfo: TcxUpdateControlInfo);
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FInNotifyControl := True;
|
||
|
|
try
|
||
|
|
UpdateControl(AUpdateControlInfo);
|
||
|
|
finally
|
||
|
|
AUpdateControlInfo.Free;
|
||
|
|
FInNotifyControl := False;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.NotifyListenerLinks;
|
||
|
|
var
|
||
|
|
I: Integer;
|
||
|
|
ALink: TcxDataListenerLink;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
for I := FListenerLinks.Count - 1 downto 0 do
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
ALink := TcxDataListenerLink(FListenerLinks[I]);
|
||
|
|
ALink.Ref := nil;
|
||
|
|
FListenerLinks.Delete(I);
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
procedure TcxCustomDataController.ResetDataChangeInfo;
|
||
|
|
begin
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.Kind := dcTotal;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.ItemIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
FDataChangeInfo.RecordIndex := -1;
|
||
|
|
end;
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
end.
|